https://raw.githubusercontent.com/ajmaradiaga/feeds/main/scmt/topics/SAP-S4HANA-Public-Cloud-blog-posts.xmlSAP Community - SAP S/4HANA Public Cloud2024-09-01T02:02:10.189815+00:00python-feedgenSAP S/4HANA Public Cloud blog posts in SAP Communityhttps://community.sap.com/t5/financial-management-blogs-by-sap/sap-named-a-leader-in-the-2024-gartner-magic-quadrant-for-recurring-billing/ba-p/13795622SAP Named a Leader in the 2024 Gartner® Magic Quadrant™ for Recurring Billing Applications2024-08-15T09:08:37.514000+02:00Marlizhttps://community.sap.com/t5/user/viewprofilepage/user-id/4464<P data-unlink="true"><SPAN>Just yesterday, Martin Barkman announced </SPAN><STRONG><SPAN>SAP was named a Leader</SPAN></STRONG><STRONG><SPAN> in the first-ever 2024 Gartner® Magic Quadrant™ for Recurring Billing Applications</SPAN></STRONG><SPAN>. Gain access to the full report and <A href="https://news.sap.com/2024/08/sap-a-leader-gartner-magic-quadrant-recurring-billing-applications/?source=social-Cloud_ERP-Finance_Foundational-Image-Awareness-Global-N%2FA-Financial_Management-SAP_News&campaigncode=CRM-YA23-SMS-1941768&sprinklrid=14369572068" target="_self" rel="noopener noreferrer">read the announcement here</A>. </SPAN></P><P><SPAN>For our community of developers, partners, and users, we believe this recognition attests to the innovation and collaboration that drives our success. It’s a clear signal that we are on the right path, delivering solutions that not only meet but exceed market expectations.</SPAN><SPAN> </SPAN></P><P><SPAN><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="LinkedIn Promo Image - 2024 Gartner MQ Recurring Billing .png" style="width: 382px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/152253i37C0400F403F4072/image-size/medium?v=v2&px=400" role="button" title="LinkedIn Promo Image - 2024 Gartner MQ Recurring Billing .png" alt="LinkedIn Promo Image - 2024 Gartner MQ Recurring Billing .png" /></span></SPAN></P><P><STRONG><SPAN>Why This Recognition Matters </SPAN></STRONG><SPAN> </SPAN></P><P><SPAN>SAP stands out as the only true ERP vendor offering a top-tier recurring billing solution seamlessly integrated with SAP S/4HANA Cloud Public Edition. Our </SPAN><SPAN>customers seamlessly connect their billing processes with other critical business functions via the end-to-end suite powered by SAP S/4HANA Cloud Public Edition and SAP Subscription Billing. </SPAN><SPAN> </SPAN></P><P><SPAN>Being named a Leader in Gartner®’s Magic Quadrant™ is a significant achievement, not just for SAP but for our entire ecosystem of customers, partners, and community members. For our customers, this recognition reaffirms the value of choosing SAP as their trusted partner for subscription billing and recurring revenue management. It signals that SAP is not only capable of meeting current market demands, but is also well-positioned to lead the industry in the years to come.</SPAN><SPAN> </SPAN></P><P><SPAN>This recognition is also a call to action. As leaders in the field, we have a responsibility to continue pushing the boundaries of what’s possible in subscription billing and recurring revenue management.</SPAN><SPAN> We invite our community members to engage with us, explore our solutions, and share their insights and experiences.</SPAN><SPAN> </SPAN></P><P><SPAN>For our latest </SPAN><STRONG><SPAN>customer success stories</SPAN></STRONG><SPAN> and to learn more about our solution, visit our NEW </SPAN><A href="https://pages.community.sap.com/topics/subscription-billing" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer"><SPAN>SAP Subscription Billing</SPAN></A><SPAN> community page. </SPAN><SPAN> </SPAN><SPAN> </SPAN></P><P><SPAN> </SPAN></P><P><SPAN> </SPAN></P><P><SPAN> </SPAN></P>2024-08-15T09:08:37.514000+02:00https://community.sap.com/t5/blogs-about-sap-websites/how-to-adopt-group-reporting-for-existing-public-cloud-accounting-customers/ba-p/13794014How to adopt Group Reporting for existing public cloud accounting customers2024-08-15T10:16:22.838000+02:00TinaHaohttps://community.sap.com/t5/user/viewprofilepage/user-id/1457555<P>If you already live for years and you are now looking forward to getting your corporate close supported with S4HC Group Reporting, this article may help you adopt the solution quickly and efficiently. We will explain which general activities needs to be done to be ready using S4HC Group Reporting. </P><P>Firstly you need activate the main scope item 1SG(Group Reporting - Financial Consolidation) in your system.</P><P><FONT size="5"><STRONG>Master Data</STRONG></FONT></P><P>You may prepare your master data, </P><TABLE width="1168px"><TBODY><TR><TD width="261.812px"><STRONG>Activity - Description</STRONG></TD><TD width="116.925px"><STRONG>related area</STRONG></TD><TD width="114.925px"><STRONG>SSCUI or App</STRONG></TD><TD width="294.763px"><STRONG>Description of Fiori apps / SSCUI</STRONG></TD><TD width="378.775px"><STRONG>General Comment</STRONG></TD></TR><TR><TD width="261.812px">Create Company IDs</TD><TD width="116.925px">Master Data</TD><TD width="114.925px">SSCUI</TD><TD width="294.763px">Create Company</TD><TD width="378.775px">Ensure all companies are prepared. Usually this is done when creating company code, but check if this activity is done.</TD></TR><TR><TD width="261.812px">Assign Company ID to Company Code</TD><TD width="116.925px">Master Data</TD><TD width="114.925px">SSCUI</TD><TD width="294.763px">Assign company code to company</TD><TD width="378.775px">In assumption there is no flexible derivation of consolidation units, ensure 1:1 assignment to company codes.</TD></TR><TR><TD width="261.812px">Assign Company ID to vendor / customer/ GL account</TD><TD width="116.925px">Master Data</TD><TD width="114.925px">App</TD><TD width="294.763px">Maintain Business Partner</TD><TD width="378.775px">Ensure all intercompany customers/vendors/GL accounts with correct company assignment.</TD></TR><TR><TD width="261.812px">Decide which additional data should be released from FI and how is the setup of these master data (e.g. decide for matrix consolidation, master data and hierarchy setup)</TD><TD width="116.925px">Master Data</TD><TD width="114.925px">SSCUI</TD><TD width="294.763px">Define Consolidation Master Data Fields</TD><TD width="378.775px">In case customer want to maintain master data and / or hierarchy for the respective field(s).</TD></TR><TR><TD width="261.812px">Adjust or create a new version </TD><TD width="116.925px">Master Data</TD><TD width="114.925px">SSCUI</TD><TD width="294.763px">Create Version from Reference Version /<BR />Define Version</TD><TD width="378.775px">Copy and adjust a version if you cannot use a pre-delivered version. </TD></TR><TR><TD width="261.812px">Create FS items</TD><TD width="116.925px">Master Data</TD><TD width="114.925px">App</TD><TD width="294.763px">Define FS Items </TD><TD width="378.775px">Scope items 1SG deliver appr. 210+ FS items to be used directly. Check if additional FS Items are needed and <SPAN>copy similar FS Items</SPAN><SPAN> from pre-delivered content. Make sure the correct attributes are assigned. </SPAN></TD></TR><TR><TD width="261.812px">Create and assign mapping GL accounts to FS items</TD><TD width="116.925px">Master Data</TD><TD width="114.925px">App</TD><TD width="294.763px">Map FS Items with GL Accounts<BR />Import FS Item Mappings<BR />Assign FS Item Mappings</TD><TD width="378.775px">Ensure all FI accounts are mapped to FS item. There is a recommendation to mapp even secondary cost elements to a clearing FI item.</TD></TR><TR><TD width="261.812px">Define consolidation units for each company with the same technical key<BR />Define consolidation units for none integrated company codes</TD><TD width="116.925px">Master Data</TD><TD width="114.925px">App</TD><TD width="294.763px">Define consolidation units</TD><TD width="378.775px">You may consider to prepare this based on the company ID</TD></TR><TR><TD width="261.812px">Assign consolidation units to consolidation group</TD><TD width="116.925px">Master Data</TD><TD width="114.925px">App</TD><TD width="294.763px">Manage Group Structure - Group View</TD><TD width="378.775px">Set the period and year for technical first consolidation</TD></TR><TR><TD width="261.812px">Create subitems based on new transaction types</TD><TD width="116.925px">Master Data</TD><TD width="114.925px">SSCUI</TD><TD width="294.763px">Define Subitem Categories and Subitems</TD><TD width="378.775px">adjust 19 transaction types with respective number of subitems, in case customer define the new transaction type, you need create additional subitem (s).<BR />Check if new selection for breakdown category are needed. If yes adjusted breakdown category with copied selection.</TD></TR><TR><TD width="261.812px">Create subitems based on new functional areas</TD><TD width="116.925px">Master Data</TD><TD width="114.925px">SSCUI</TD><TD width="294.763px">Define Subitem Categories and Subitems</TD><TD width="378.775px">adjust 21 function areas with subitems, in case customer create new function areas, then you need create additional subitem.</TD></TR><TR><TD width="261.812px">Specify Account Numbers for Annual Net Income and Balance Carryforward</TD><TD width="116.925px">Master Data</TD><TD width="114.925px">SSCUI</TD><TD width="294.763px">Specify Account Numbers for Annual Net Income and Balance Carryforward</TD><TD width="378.775px">You need this activity if customer does not want to use the predefined GL account and FS item.</TD></TR><TR><TD width="261.812px">Define Group Reporting Preparation Ledgers</TD><TD width="116.925px">Master Data</TD><TD width="114.925px">SSCUI</TD><TD width="294.763px">Define Group Reporting Preparation Ledgers</TD><TD width="378.775px">if not already set</TD></TR></TBODY></TABLE><P><STRONG><FONT size="5">Process adjustments</FONT></STRONG></P><P>If best practice setting is not sufficient design task groups(for Data Monitor and Consolidation Monitor), you may </P><OL><LI>copy existing task group(s) and</LI><LI>adjust based on customer needs</LI><LI>insert new task(s) or exclude tasks which are not needed</LI><LI>assign task group(s) to respective version(s) </LI></OL><TABLE width="1167px"><TBODY><TR><TD width="267.812px"><STRONG>Activity - Description</STRONG></TD><TD width="115.975px"><STRONG>related area</STRONG></TD><TD width="95.95px"><STRONG>SSCUI or App</STRONG></TD><TD width="328.725px"><STRONG>Description of Fiori apps / SSCUI</STRONG></TD><TD width="357.737px"><STRONG>General Comment</STRONG></TD></TR><TR><TD width="267.812px">Import Foreign Exchange Rates </TD><TD width="115.975px">Process Preparation</TD><TD width="95.95px">App</TD><TD width="328.725px">Import Foreign Exchange Rates</TD><TD width="357.737px"> </TD></TR><TR><TD width="267.812px">Adjust task group or task group assignment for Data Monitor if needed</TD><TD width="115.975px">Process Adjustment </TD><TD width="95.95px">SSCUI</TD><TD width="328.725px">copy task group, assign task group, assign new task, delete not used task<BR />=> several SSCUI's</TD><TD width="357.737px"> </TD></TR><TR><TD width="267.812px">Adjust task group or task group assignment for Consolidation Monitor if needed</TD><TD width="115.975px">Process Adjustment </TD><TD width="95.95px">SSCUI</TD><TD width="328.725px">copy task group, assign task group, assign new task, delete not used task<BR />=> several SSCUI's</TD><TD width="357.737px"> </TD></TR><TR><TD width="267.812px">Adjust selections if customer specific selections are needed. </TD><TD width="115.975px">Process Preparation</TD><TD width="95.95px">App</TD><TD width="328.725px">Define Selections</TD><TD width="357.737px">Copy already existing selections to customer namespaces (refer to note 2326112 for Namespace restriction in SSCUI.<BR />• S, Q, R, X, P, Y for alphanumeric fields<BR />• 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 0 for numeric fields</TD></TR></TBODY></TABLE><P><STRONG><FONT size="5">Reporting</FONT></STRONG></P><TABLE width="1160px"><TBODY><TR><TD width="266.812px"><STRONG>Activity - Description</STRONG></TD><TD width="113.95px"><STRONG>related area</STRONG></TD><TD width="97.95px"><STRONG>SSCUI or App</STRONG></TD><TD width="325.75px"><STRONG>Description of Fiori apps / SSCUI</STRONG></TD><TD width="354.737px"><STRONG>General Comment</STRONG></TD></TR><TR><TD width="266.812px">Adjust Reporting capabilities</TD><TD width="113.95px">Reporting</TD><TD width="97.95px">App</TD><TD width="325.75px">Manage Global Hierarchies</TD><TD width="354.737px">Adjust the hierarchies for :<BR />- Type FS Items (if new FS Items are created)<BR />- Type Transaction Type<BR />- Type document Type </TD></TR><TR><TD width="266.812px">Adjust Reporting Rule</TD><TD width="113.95px">Reporting</TD><TD width="97.95px">App</TD><TD width="325.75px">Define Reporting Rules / Assign Reporting Rules to Versions</TD><TD width="354.737px">Adopt the reporting rule</TD></TR></TBODY></TABLE><P><STRONG><FONT size="5">Initial Load of Reported Financial Data</FONT></STRONG></P><P>After all setting is prepared, you may need consider to prepare your initial reported data. In this article, we introduce the technical first consolidation starting point that can be different from your cutoff date. The starting point is the time(period/year) for the initial technical consolidation of the capital and the investment values. After starting point onwards, the correct consolidated financial statements including all consolidation entries should be carried out and posted in a correct period ranking in S4HCGR.</P><P>There is no migration of already posted consolidation financial statements. If consolidation results needs to be available(for comparison purpose) in your S4 system, that have already been completed in the past, these closing must be processed/executed and posted again in the Group Reporting environment.</P><P>Here is an example, </P><P>Go live is 004/2024, and starting point is 012/2023, periods 012/2023, 001/2024, 002/2024, 003/2024 need to be processed and finished in Group Reporting. And we need to provide as of the starting point the initial load of reported financial data in 012/2023 based on YTD(year to date) value.</P><P>There are several customer situations together with examples we would like to explain.</P><P><FONT size="5">Customer Case 1</FONT></P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="TinaHao_0-1723708914890.png" style="width: 673px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/152302i9436B1E7F786934C/image-dimensions/673x334?v=v2" width="673" height="334" role="button" title="TinaHao_0-1723708914890.png" alt="TinaHao_0-1723708914890.png" /></span></P><P><FONT size="5">Customer Case 2</FONT></P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="TinaHao_1-1723708947737.png" style="width: 670px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/152303i601577D141751AAB/image-dimensions/670x334?v=v2" width="670" height="334" role="button" title="TinaHao_1-1723708947737.png" alt="TinaHao_1-1723708947737.png" /></span></P><P><FONT size="5">Customer Case 3</FONT></P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="TinaHao_2-1723708974861.png" style="width: 667px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/152305iECEAD215F20CF371/image-dimensions/667x332?v=v2" width="667" height="332" role="button" title="TinaHao_2-1723708974861.png" alt="TinaHao_2-1723708974861.png" /></span></P><P><FONT size="5">Customer Case 4</FONT></P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="TinaHao_3-1723709008670.png" style="width: 665px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/152307iF7DFD9BCA44305EB/image-dimensions/665x334?v=v2" width="665" height="334" role="button" title="TinaHao_3-1723709008670.png" alt="TinaHao_3-1723709008670.png" /></span></P><P><FONT size="5">Customer Case 5(initial load via flexible upload of reported financial data)</FONT></P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="TinaHao_4-1723709052679.png" style="width: 663px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/152308iEE1D2B0775017CFE/image-dimensions/663x299?v=v2" width="663" height="299" role="button" title="TinaHao_4-1723709052679.png" alt="TinaHao_4-1723709052679.png" /></span></P><P><FONT size="5">Customer Case 6(initial load via flexible upload of reported financial data)</FONT></P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="TinaHao_5-1723709099380.png" style="width: 660px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/152309i36870B0C265E014A/image-dimensions/660x301?v=v2" width="660" height="301" role="button" title="TinaHao_5-1723709099380.png" alt="TinaHao_5-1723709099380.png" /></span></P><P>This will not cover each every customer situation, and your feedback or best practice is warmly welcome! </P><P> </P><P> </P><P> </P><P> </P><P> </P><P> </P><P> </P><P> </P><P> </P><P> </P><P> </P><P> </P><P> </P><P> </P><P> </P>2024-08-15T10:16:22.838000+02:00https://community.sap.com/t5/technology-blogs-by-sap/extensibility-approaches-in-sap-s-4hana-cloud-public-edition/ba-p/13793885Extensibility Approaches in SAP S/4HANA Cloud Public Edition2024-08-15T11:07:30.967000+02:00shruthi_j_bhttps://community.sap.com/t5/user/viewprofilepage/user-id/148568<P><SPAN>In the context of SAP S/4HANA Public Cloud Edition, Clean Core principles emphasize minimizing customizations to maintain system integrity and simplify upgrades. Extensibility approaches are designed to enhance functionality while preserving the core system’s stability. By adhering to Clean Core principles, organizations can achieve greater agility, lower total cost of ownership, and a smoother transition during system upgrades. SAP S/4HANA Cloud Public Edition</SPAN> offers various extensibility options to adapt and extend its functionalities according to business needs. These options ensure flexibility while maintaining the integrity and upgrade stability of the system. Below, we explore the different types of extensibilities and provide best practices for implementation.</P><P> </P><P>SAP S/4HANA Cloud Public Edition offers support for the following three main extensibility options:</P><OL><LI>Key User Extensibility</LI><LI>Developer Extensibility</LI><LI>Side-by-Side Extensibility</LI></OL><P>Extensibility Comparison Table</P><TABLE><TBODY><TR><TD width="147"><P><STRONG>Parameter</STRONG></P></TD><TD width="160"><P><STRONG>Key User Extensibility</STRONG></P></TD><TD width="175"><P><STRONG>Developer Extensibility</STRONG></P></TD><TD width="177"><P><STRONG>Side-by-Side Extensibility</STRONG></P></TD></TR><TR><TD width="147"><P><STRONG>Use Case</STRONG></P></TD><TD width="160"><P>Low-code/no-code adaptations and extensions</P></TD><TD width="175"><P>Professional ABAP development</P></TD><TD width="177"><P>Sophisticated development projects and custom UIs</P></TD></TR><TR><TD width="147"><P><STRONG>Persona</STRONG></P></TD><TD width="160"><P>Business expert, implementation consultant, citizen developer, key user</P></TD><TD width="175"><P>Professional ABAP developer</P></TD><TD width="177"><P>Developers with knowledge of Java, Node.js, ABAP</P></TD></TR><TR><TD width="147"><P><STRONG>Tools/Platform Used</STRONG></P></TD><TD width="160"><P>Key user tools (low-code/no-code tools)</P></TD><TD width="175"><P>ABAP Development Tools (ADT), SAP S/4HANA Cloud ABAP Environment</P></TD><TD width="177"><P>SAP Business Technology Platform (BTP)</P></TD></TR><TR><TD width="147"><P><STRONG>Skills Required</STRONG></P></TD><TD width="160"><P>Minimal coding skills</P></TD><TD width="175"><P>Professional ABAP development skills</P></TD><TD width="177"><P>Programming skills in Java, Node.js, ABAP</P></TD></TR><TR><TD width="147"><P><STRONG>Proximity to Core SAP S/4HANA</STRONG></P></TD><TD width="160"><P>Tightly coupled</P></TD><TD width="175"><P>Tightly coupled</P></TD><TD width="177"><P>Loosely coupled</P></TD></TR><TR><TD width="147"><P><STRONG>Example Scenario</STRONG></P></TD><TD width="160"><P>Adding custom fields to business objects</P></TD><TD width="175"><P>Developing custom SAP Fiori apps</P></TD><TD width="177"><P>Creating custom applications on SAP BTP</P></TD></TR><TR><TD width="147"><P><STRONG>APIs Used</STRONG></P></TD><TD width="160"><P>Local public APIs and extension points</P></TD><TD width="175"><P>Local public APIs and extension points</P></TD><TD width="177"><P>Remote SAP APIs (e.g., OData services)</P></TD></TR><TR><TD width="147"><P><STRONG>Lifecycle Management</STRONG></P></TD><TD width="160"><P>Managed by key users</P></TD><TD width="175"><P>Managed by ABAP development lifecycle (ADT, ATC)</P></TD><TD width="177"><P>Managed separately on SAP BTP</P></TD></TR></TBODY></TABLE><P> </P><H1 id="toc-hId-893952807"><STRONG>Key User Extensibility</STRONG></H1><P>Key user extensibility allows business experts to extend SAP S/4HANA Cloud without deep technical knowledge. It focuses on "last mile" extensions using low-code/no-code tools.</P><P>Types of Key User Extensibility are detailed as below:</P><P> </P><TABLE><TBODY><TR><TD width="56"><P><STRONG>S.I No</STRONG></P></TD><TD width="161"><P><STRONG>Key User Extensibility Applications</STRONG></P></TD><TD width="454"><P><STRONG>Description</STRONG></P></TD></TR><TR><TD width="56"><P>1</P></TD><TD width="161"><P>Adapt UI</P></TD><TD width="454"><P>Adapt UI allows users to customize Fiori Apps by hiding or renaming fields, groups, and areas; adding fields from the field repository; and reorganizing UI elements.<BR />Users can combine or split fields, create new groups, and define custom filter and table variants.</P><P>Note that Adapt UI is for Fiori Apps, whereas SAP Screen Personas is used for Web GUI screens.</P></TD></TR><TR><TD width="56"><P>2</P></TD><TD width="161"><P>Custom Fields</P></TD><TD width="454"><P>Enable users to create, edit, and manage fields by extending SAP tables, applications, CDS views, and OData services.<BR />Users can also delete custom fields, though this is restricted if the field has been transported.<BR />Custom fields can be used across various UIs, reports, forms, service interfaces, processes, and searches.<BR />Additionally, users can define associations to custom or standard SAP business objects and extend CDS views and OData services with SAP fields from lower layers of the virtual data mode.</P></TD></TR><TR><TD width="56"><P>3</P></TD><TD width="161"><P>Custom Logic</P></TD><TD width="454"><P>Custom Logic offers a streamlined development experience with features like API exploration, syntax checking, and code completion. It includes a sandbox environment for testing before publishing, ensuring secure and robust implementations.<BR />To maintain system integrity, ABAP capabilities are restricted, prohibiting direct database changes (except for selects), task alterations, dynamic programming, and code generation.</P></TD></TR><TR><TD width="56"><P>4</P></TD><TD width="161"><P>Custom Business Objects</P></TD><TD width="454"><P>You can create and manage business objects and their database tables, add, or delete fields and objects, and develop CDS views and OData services for data entry or integration with other systems. Define sub-nodes and associations with both custom and standard SAP business objects. Implement custom logic at the node level, manage custom business objects by publishing, editing, resetting, copying, or deleting them, and perform tracing as needed.</P></TD></TR><TR><TD width="56"><P>5</P></TD><TD width="161"><P>Manage KPI’s and Report</P></TD><TD width="454"><P>In the Manage KPIs and Reports application in SAP S/4HANA Public Edition, you can copy and modify SAP-delivered KPIs to fit your business needs. Define drilldowns for in-depth KPI analysis and apply filters to focus on specific areas. Save filtered analyses for future use and set up associations between KPIs for runtime analysis. Additionally, you can navigate to transactional apps to act on your analysis results.</P></TD></TR><TR><TD width="56"><P>6</P></TD><TD width="161"><P>Create Custom Analytical Queries</P></TD><TD width="454"><P>The Create Custom Analytical Queries application in SAP S/4HANA Public Edition allows you to create queries based on released SAP analytical data sources (CDS views of type cube) or custom sources. You can copy standard SAP queries, customize fields (such as labels and data display), and adjust filters (fixed or user-defined). Additionally, you can create parameters for user input and define calculated, restricted, or converted measures. The application includes testing capabilities to preview results in Design Studio.</P></TD></TR><TR><TD width="56"><P>7</P></TD><TD width="161"><P>Create Custom CDS Views</P></TD><TD width="454"><P>The Create Custom CDS Views application in SAP S/4HANA Public Edition lets you view a list of pre-delivered public data sources (VDM CDS views) and existing custom CDS views, as well as preview available data sources. You can create new custom CDS views by selecting a primary data source, adding associated data sources, and modifying field properties (annotations). You can also create calculated fields with arithmetic calculations, case statements, and conversions, and display parameters for the selected data sources if applicable.</P></TD></TR><TR><TD width="56"><P>8</P></TD><TD width="161"><P>Custom Reusable Elements</P></TD><TD width="454"><P>The Custom Reusable Elements application in SAP S/4HANA Public Edition allows you to modularize and organize your custom code. You can create and manage Custom Libraries, add methods, and provide details for each method. Key features include creating new libraries, adding and detailing methods, testing, saving, and publishing your custom code.</P></TD></TR><TR><TD width="56"><P>9</P></TD><TD width="161"><P>Custom Logic Tracing</P></TD><TD width="454"><P>Custom Logic Tracing allows you to monitor the processing order of determinations, validations, and actions for custom business objects and nodes. You can trace input, output, and changing parameter values, as well as execution durations.<BR />When creating a trace, you can set a name, retention date, and activation lifetime. Tracing can be started and stopped as needed, and the trace overview will display the status and results of the trace.</P></TD></TR><TR><TD width="56"><P>10</P></TD><TD width="161"><P>Custom Catalog Extensions</P></TD><TD width="454"><P>With the Create Custom Catalog Extensions application in SAP S/4HANA Public Edition, you can extend SAP Fiori catalogs by adding various elements such as custom business object UIs, Smart Business KPIs, reports, Analytical Design Studio applications, custom tiles, and Analytic Cloud Stories.<BR />You can also configure a custom inbound service app via OAuth. Extended catalog items will appear in the Fiori Launchpad, where you can use the "Personalize Home Page" feature to add custom tiles to one or more launchpad groups.</P></TD></TR><TR><TD width="56"><P>11</P></TD><TD width="161"><P>Custom Communication Scenario</P></TD><TD width="454"><P>Create Custom Business Objects and Custom CDS Views using their respective Fiori apps, ensuring to select the OData Service flag during creation.<BR />Combine multiple OData services into a single scenario with the Custom Communication Scenarios Fiori app. Then, set up a communication arrangement in the Custom Arrangement Fiori app, where you configure the technical user and activate the service endpoint for the services included.</P></TD></TR><TR><TD width="56"><P>12</P></TD><TD width="161"><P>Extensibility Inventory Application</P></TD><TD width="454"><P>You can view an overview of your extensibility items, including their associations and dependencies. This allows you to understand the impact of importing or exporting items on others.<BR />The system provides details such as the name, type, date, last change, and status (e.g., deleted, imported, exported) of each item, as well as information on what other items are used by or use the current item. Additionally, it includes a full change history for each extensibility item.</P></TD></TR></TBODY></TABLE><P> </P><P>Best Practices:</P><P>- Use key user extensibility for quick, simple extensions.</P><P>- Ensure key users are familiar with the business processes to maximize efficiency.</P><H1 id="toc-hId-697439302"><STRONG>On-Stack/Developer Extensibility</STRONG></H1><P>On-stack/developer extensibility is designed for professional ABAP developers who need to create extensions closely integrated with the SAP S/4HANA Cloud public edition. Utilizing the SAP S/4HANA Cloud ABAP Environment and standard ADT tools, it allows for the development of cloud-ready, upgrade-stable custom ABAP code. This method combines the benefits of custom ABAP code with the necessary constraints for Cloud readiness and follows the SAP S/4HANA programming model for building SAP Fiori apps.</P><TABLE width="661"><TBODY><TR><TD width="321"><P><STRONG>Category</STRONG></P></TD><TD width="340"><P><STRONG>Details</STRONG></P></TD></TR><TR><TD width="661"><P><STRONG>Key Features</STRONG></P></TD></TR><TR><TD width="321"><P>1. RAP Model</P></TD><TD width="340"><P>ABAP RESTful Application Programming model for creating custom services and SAP Fiori apps.</P></TD></TR><TR><TD width="321"><P>2. Eclipse-based IDE</P></TD><TD width="340"><P>ABAP Development Tools with debugging, troubleshooting, and testing support.</P></TD></TR><TR><TD width="321"><P>3. Software Lifecycle Management</P></TD><TD width="340"><P>ABAP software lifecycle management.</P></TD></TR><TR><TD width="321"><P>4. SAP Business Application Studio</P></TD><TD width="340"><P>SAP Business Application Studio with SAP Fiori tools for developing custom Fiori apps.</P></TD></TR><TR><TD width="661"><P><STRONG>Best Practices</STRONG></P></TD></TR><TR><TD width="321"><P>1. Cloud-Optimized ABAP</P></TD><TD width="340"><P>Use a cloud-optimized subset of the ABAP language.</P></TD></TR><TR><TD width="321"><P>2. SAP APIs and Objects, Business Object Interface</P></TD><TD width="340"><P>Utilize released SAP APIs and objects in custom code.</P></TD></TR><TR><TD width="321"><P>3. Extension Points, Business Add-Ins</P></TD><TD width="340"><P>Employ predefined extension points to extend SAP objects.</P></TD></TR><TR><TD width="321"><P>4. Controlled Access Guidelines</P></TD><TD width="340"><P>Follow controlled access guidelines for admin, user, authorization, monitoring tools, and services.</P></TD></TR><TR><TD width="321"><P>5. Custom Table Security</P></TD><TD width="340"><P>Custom table creation lacks default security measures and cannot use ILM (Information Lifecycle Management) or IRF (Information Retrieval Framework).</P></TD></TR><TR><TD width="321"><P> </P><P>6. Security and Compliance Tools</P></TD><TD width="340"><P>No tool support for ensuring security and compliance of custom code when developing SAP Fiori apps through SAP Business Application Studio and SAP Fiori tools.</P></TD></TR></TBODY></TABLE><H1 id="toc-hId-500925797"><STRONG>Side-by-Side Extensibility</STRONG></H1><P>Side-by-side extensibility lets you build custom applications or extend existing ones, using the SAP Business Technology Platform (BTP). This approach enables loosely coupled, seamlessly integrated extensions that operate independently of SAP S/4HANA Cloud's lifecycle. On SAP BTP, you can develop using your preferred runtime or language, such as ABAP, Java, or Node.js.</P><P>SAP Business Application Studio is a development environment that supports the creation and management of custom applications on SAP Business Technology Platform (BTP). It is designed to streamline the development of extensions and applications, offering a user-friendly interface and integrated tools for building, and deploying solutions.</P><P>The SAP Cloud Application Programming Model (CAP) is a comprehensive framework designed to simplify the development of cloud-native applications within SAP Business Technology Platform (BTP). SAP CAP streamlines the development of sophisticated cloud applications, enabling developers to build robust, scalable, and secure solutions that integrate seamlessly with SAP S/4HANA and other SAP systems (<A href="https://cap.cloud.sap/docs/)" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow noreferrer">https://cap.cloud.sap/docs/)</A>.</P><P>You can connect your extensions to SAP S/4HANA Cloud data using remote APIs or events, which are available on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub. For more details, see the APIs and Events sections on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub.</P><P>You can extend existing processes or create new processes while easily combining SAP S/4HANA Cloud data with data from other systems. Here are a few typical extension archetypes:</P><P> </P><OL><LI>Proxy Applications: These are intermediary applications designed to facilitate communication between SAP S/4HANA and other external systems. For example, a proxy application might be used to sync data between SAP S/4HANA and a third-party CRM system, ensuring that customer information is consistent across platforms. By acting as a bridge, proxy applications enable seamless integration without modifying the core ERP system.</LI></OL><P> </P><OL><LI>Convenience Applications: These applications enhance the user experience by providing additional features or functionalities that are not available in the standard SAP S/4HANA Cloud environment. For instance, a convenience application might offer specialized dashboards or widgets that simplify complex workflows or provide quick access to frequently used tools, improving productivity and user satisfaction.</LI></OL><P> </P><OL><LI>Substitute Applications: Substitute applications replace existing standard processes with customized versions that better meet specific business needs. For example, if the standard SAP S/4HANA process for order management does not fully align with a company’s unique requirements, a substitute application can be developed to introduce alternative workflows or functionalities, ensuring that the solution fits the business's exact needs.</LI></OL><P> </P><OL><LI>Preprocessing Applications: These applications handle data before it is processed by SAP S/4HANA. They might be used to clean, transform, or enrich data coming from various sources before it enters the core system. For instance, a preprocessing application could validate and standardize data from external suppliers before it is imported into the SAP system, ensuring data quality and consistency.</LI></OL><P> </P><OL><LI>Postprocessing Applications: After data has been processed by SAP S/4HANA, postprocessing applications perform additional tasks such as generating reports, conducting analysis, or integrating processed data with other systems. For example, a postprocessing application might create custom analytics reports based on transaction data processed by SAP S/4HANA, providing insights that are not available through standard reporting tools.</LI></OL><P> </P><OL><LI>Analytical Applications: These applications are used to perform advanced data analysis and generate insights from SAP S/4HANA data. They leverage tools like SAP Analytics Cloud to provide in-depth reporting, predictive analytics, and data visualizations. For instance, an analytical application might analyse sales data to identify trends and forecast future performance, helping businesses make informed decisions.</LI></OL><P> </P><OL><LI>Build Applications: These are custom applications developed using SAP’s development tools and platforms, such as SAP Business Technology Platform (BTP). Build applications are tailored to specific business requirements and can interact with SAP S/4HANA data and processes. For example, a build application might be developed to manage a unique business process that is not covered by the standard SAP S/4HANA functionalities.</LI></OL><P> </P><OL><LI>Custom Forms: These are personalized forms designed to collect and present data in a way that meets specific business requirements. Custom forms can be used for various purposes, such as generating tailored invoices, creating specialized order forms, or capturing unique data fields. By customizing forms, organizations can ensure that all necessary information is collected and processed according to their specific needs.</LI></OL><P> </P><OL><LI>Gate Entry Applications: These applications manage the entry and exit of goods or personnel through designated checkpoints. For instance, a gate entry application might be used to track the arrival and departure of inventory at a warehouse, ensuring accurate records of goods movement and facilitating efficient logistics operations. These applications help in maintaining operational efficiency and compliance with inventory management practices.</LI></OL><P> </P><P>These use cases illustrate the flexibility and adaptability of side-by-side extensibility in SAP S/4HANA Public Cloud Edition, allowing organizations to tailor their ERP system to meet unique business needs while maintaining a clean and stable core. Below are few more of the possible use cases via side-by-side extensibility:</P><P> </P><TABLE width="691"><TBODY><TR><TD width="123"><P><STRONG>Use Case</STRONG></P></TD><TD width="164"><P><STRONG>Description</STRONG></P></TD><TD width="137"><P><STRONG>Technologies & Tools</STRONG></P></TD><TD width="139"><P><STRONG>Integration Points</STRONG></P></TD><TD width="128"><P><STRONG>Deployment</STRONG></P></TD></TR><TR><TD width="123"><P>Custom UI on SAP Business Technology Platform</P></TD><TD width="164"><P>Custom Fiori UI built with SAP Business Application Studio (BAS) or SAP Web IDE, running on SAP Business Technology Platform. Uses SAP predefined OData service.</P></TD><TD width="137"><P>UI5 technology, UI5 templates, editors, and testing capabilities.</P></TD><TD width="139"><P>Integrates using SAP predefined OData service.</P></TD><TD width="128"><P>Deploy to SAP Business Technology Platform account or SAPUI5 ABAP repository.</P></TD></TR><TR><TD width="123"><P>SAP Business Technology Platform Application</P></TD><TD width="164"><P>Application (Java, JavaScript, HANA) running on SAP Business Technology Platform with SAP predefined OData service.</P></TD><TD width="137"><P>Open standards, partner ecosystem contributions.</P></TD><TD width="139"><P>Integration scenarios with cloud integration; use SAP prepackaged integration content as reference templates.</P></TD><TD width="128"><P>Deploy and integrate within SAP Business Technology Platform.</P></TD></TR><TR><TD width="123"><P>Custom UI on SAP Business Technology Platform or SAP Business Technology Platform App with Custom OData Service</P></TD><TD width="164"><P>Custom UI or app with custom OData service built with In-App extensibility tools.</P></TD><TD width="137"><P>UI5 technology or custom development tools; In-App extensibility tools for custom OData services.</P></TD><TD width="139"><P>Integrates using custom OData service.</P></TD><TD width="128"><P>Deploy to SAP Business Technology Platform.</P></TD></TR><TR><TD width="123"><P>New SAP Business Technology Platform Service Called from SAP S/4 Extension</P></TD><TD width="164"><P>SAP S/4HANA, Success Factors, and SAP C/4HANA can fire business events to call apps on SAP Business Technology Platform.</P></TD><TD width="137"><P>Business event framework for SAP S/4HANA, Success Factors, SAP C/4HANA.</P></TD><TD width="139"><P>Uses business events to trigger actions on SAP Business Technology Platform.</P></TD><TD width="128"><P>The service is called from SAP S/4HANA or related SAP products.</P></TD></TR><TR><TD width="123"><P>Analytics on SAP Business Technology Platform (Replication)</P></TD><TD width="164"><P>Data replication from SAP S/4HANA, Success Factors, and SAP C/4HANA for analytics purposes on SAP Business Technology Platform.</P></TD><TD width="137"><P>Data replication tools, SAP Business Technology Platform analytics capabilities.</P></TD><TD width="139"><P>Data replication for analytics; integrates with SAP Business Technology Platform.</P></TD><TD width="128"><P>Data is replicated for analysis and reporting within SAP Business Technology Platform.</P></TD></TR></TBODY></TABLE><P> </P><P>Best Practices:</P><P>- Use side-by-side extensibility for loosely coupled scenarios.</P><P>- Ensure seamless integration using SAP API Business Hub.</P><P>The below table details out the best practice for approaching extensibility in reference to SAP S/4 HANA, Public Cloud edition.</P><P> </P><TABLE width="683"><TBODY><TR><TD width="264"><P><STRONG>Best Practice</STRONG></P></TD><TD width="419"><P><STRONG>Explanation</STRONG></P></TD></TR><TR><TD width="264"><P>Core Clean</P></TD><TD width="419"><P>Avoid modifying the core system to ensure smooth upgrades and maintain system integrity, hence using the extensibility points and approached detailed by SAP ensures they are always cloud ready and upgrade stable.</P></TD></TR><TR><TD width="264"><P>Use Standard APIs</P></TD><TD width="419"><P>Leverage SAP's provided APIs to ensure compatibility and reduce future maintenance efforts. Use <A href="https://api.sap.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">SAP Business Accelerator Hub</A> to explore and identify the best suited API for your use case.</P></TD></TR><TR><TD width="264"><P>Scenario based approach to Extensibility</P></TD><TD width="419"><P>Primary preference to be given to Key User and Development Extensibility within the <SPAN>SAP S/4HANA Cloud Public </SPAN>and opt for Opt for side-by-side extensions to separate custom logic from core processes, enhancing flexibility.</P></TD></TR><TR><TD width="264"><P>Consider User Needs</P></TD><TD width="419"><P>Always keep the end-user in mind to ensure customizations add real value and improve usability.</P></TD></TR><TR><TD width="264"><P>Documentation and Governance</P></TD><TD width="419"><P>Maintain thorough documentation and follow governance processes to ensure transparency and control.</P></TD></TR></TBODY></TABLE><P> </P><P>Selecting the appropriate extensibility approach for SAP S/4HANA Cloud Public Edition, hinges on the specific use case, the expertise of the team involved, and the extent of integration needed with the core system. By adhering to best practices and utilizing the right tools, businesses can attain flexibility while preserving the integrity of their SAP environment.</P><P> </P><P>References:</P><OL><LI>Extensibility <A href="https://help.sap.com/docs/SAP_S4HANA_CLOUD/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/533228e1e854433ab16d013f161ca509.html?&version=2402.503" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">https://help.sap.com/docs/SAP_S4HANA_CLOUD/0f69f8fb28ac4bf48d2b57b9637e81fa/533228e1e854433ab16d013f161ca509.html?&version=2402.503</A></LI><LI>SAP S/4HANA Extensibility – Simplified Guide for Beginners <A href="https://community.sap.com/t5/enterprise-resource-planning-blogs-by-sap/sap-s-4hana-extensibility-simplified-guide-for-beginners/ba-p/13548988" target="_blank">SAP S/4HANA Extensibility – Simplified Guide for B... - SAP Community</A></LI><LI><A href="https://extensibilityexplorer.cfapps.eu10.hana.ondemand.com/ExtensibilityExplorer/" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow noreferrer">SAP Extensibility Explorer for SAP S/4HANA Cloud (ondemand.com)</A></LI><LI><A href="https://www.sap.com/documents/2022/10/52e0cd9b-497e-0010-bca6-c68f7e60039b.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">Extend SAP S/4HANA in the cloud and on premise with ABAP based extensions</A></LI></OL><P> </P>2024-08-15T11:07:30.967000+02:00https://community.sap.com/t5/enterprise-resource-planning-blogs-by-sap/research-amp-development-engineering-in-sap-s-4hana-cloud-public-edition/ba-p/13778297Research & Development Engineering in SAP S/4HANA Cloud Public Edition 24082024-08-15T15:24:11.397000+02:00Markus_Oertelthttps://community.sap.com/t5/user/viewprofilepage/user-id/132045<P>I am happy to share the Research & Development Engineering innovations for SAP S/4HANA Cloud Public Edition 2408 release. Let's start with the highlight overview video: </P><P><div class="video-embed-center video-embed"><iframe class="embedly-embed" src="https://cdn.embedly.com/widgets/media.html?src=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.youtube.com%2Fembed%2Fz1nhocPb-h0%3Ffeature%3Doembed&display_name=YouTube&url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.youtube.com%2Fwatch%3Fv%3Dz1nhocPb-h0&image=https%3A%2F%2Fi.ytimg.com%2Fvi%2Fz1nhocPb-h0%2Fhqdefault.jpg&key=b0d40caa4f094c68be7c29880b16f56e&type=text%2Fhtml&schema=youtube" width="600" height="337" scrolling="no" title="Research & Development Engineering with SAP S/4HANA Cloud Public Edition 2408" frameborder="0" allow="autoplay; fullscreen; encrypted-media; picture-in-picture;" allowfullscreen="true"></iframe></div></P><P>Now let's shift to the details and start with an important innovation in SAP Product Lifecycle Management integration with SAP S/4HANA Cloud. </P><H1 id="toc-hId-892248987"><SPAN class="">SAP Product Lifecycle Management Solution Integration with SAP S/4HANA Cloud</SPAN></H1><P><SPAN class="">Before we go into the details, let's look at the overall strategy: </SPAN></P><P><SPAN class=""><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="Summary.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/151739iBEBF8B3CAAAA86B3/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="Summary.png" alt="Summary.png" /></span></SPAN></P><P><SPAN>From a strategic point of view, we simplified into two scope items 6U3 (integration through SAP PLM) and 6U2 (Integration external PLM systems). With 2408 we enhanced the 6U3 process with the </SPAN><SPAN class="">SAP Product Lifecycle Management Solution Integration with SAP S/4HANA Cloud Public Edition. </SPAN></P><P><SPAN class=""><SPAN>With </SPAN><SPAN class="">SAP Product Lifecycle Management</SPAN><SPAN> solution, you can seamlessly transfer engineering bills of material (EBOMs) from the </SPAN><SPAN class="">SAP Product Lifecycle Management</SPAN><SPAN> solution and continue to work on them as manufacturing bills of material (MBOMs) in the relevant </SPAN><SPAN class="">Maintain Bill of Material (Version 2)</SPAN><SPAN> app. To allow you to transfer the BOMs and monitor the process, the following apps are now available on the SAP S/4HANA Cloud Launchpad:</SPAN></SPAN></P><P><SPAN class=""><SPAN><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="PLM_1.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/146973iC0312BD9F1BE6737/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="PLM_1.png" alt="PLM_1.png" /></span></SPAN></SPAN></P><H2 id="toc-hId-824818201"><SPAN>Configure Handovers</SPAN></H2><P>In the Configure Handovers app the following attributes are defined. First the BOM Usages are configured for the handover process: </P><P><SPAN><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="PLM_4.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/146985i4B2B690F4CB6CE6C/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="PLM_4.png" alt="PLM_4.png" /></span></SPAN></P><P>Then the Item Categories are defined: </P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="PLM_5.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/146986i190A7231D05E510C/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="PLM_5.png" alt="PLM_5.png" /></span></P><P>In SAP S/4HANA Cloud, Public Edition we have already standard defined item categories.</P><P>Last, but not least, the plants are configured for the handover process. T<SPAN>he plant is configured to define at which plant you want to manufacture your product or how the target BOM is to be used: </SPAN></P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="PLM_6.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/146987iD5F64BDA1A340FD4/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="PLM_6.png" alt="PLM_6.png" /></span></P><H2 id="toc-hId-628304696"><SPAN>Hand Over Engineering Bills of Material (EBOM)</SPAN></H2><P><SPAN>In the Hand Over Engineering Bills of Material (EBOM) the magic happens. In the main screen of the Fiori app the SAP S/4HANA BOMs are visible as well as the SAP PLM BOMs: </SPAN></P><P><SPAN><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="PLM_2.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/146982i272EE50A7FE7F3E1/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="PLM_2.png" alt="PLM_2.png" /></span></SPAN></P><P> When going into the details (object page), you may see the Source BOM and the Target BOM: </P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="PLM_3.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/146983iD95783EE060ADC85/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="PLM_3.png" alt="PLM_3.png" /></span></P><P><SPAN>Interesting for you is that the Routing has been integrated: </SPAN></P><P><SPAN><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="PLM_9.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/147089i9E02AEBEAC35B84C/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="PLM_9.png" alt="PLM_9.png" /></span></SPAN></P><P>By selecting the component in the BOM you can view the routing: </P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="PLM_10.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/147090iC4A1B61CE020F513/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="PLM_10.png" alt="PLM_10.png" /></span></P><P>A new routing can also be assigned: </P><P><SPAN><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="PLM_11.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/147093i6F24D0EC0D67930B/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="PLM_11.png" alt="PLM_11.png" /></span></SPAN></P><P>Actions can be taken on the Source BOM side: </P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="PLM_12.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/147095iFDBD48F741773E51/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="PLM_12.png" alt="PLM_12.png" /></span></P><P>As well as on the Target BOM side: </P><P><SPAN><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="PLM_13.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/147096i70E3C1A611D5B794/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="PLM_13.png" alt="PLM_13.png" /></span></SPAN></P><P>You may also add 3D models and pictures as well: </P><P><SPAN><SPAN><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="PLM_14.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/147097iCD69E7049792FCA5/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="PLM_14.png" alt="PLM_14.png" /></span></SPAN></SPAN></P><P>Changes can be seen in the Log: </P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="PLM_16.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/147137i82067837C1F74604/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="PLM_16.png" alt="PLM_16.png" /></span></P><P>Messages or Monitoring can be seen here: </P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="PLM_15.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/147140i39D9D51E3FA5B237/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="PLM_15.png" alt="PLM_15.png" /></span></P><P>By clicking on the Show Details, you will jump into the Task Monitoring for Handovers app. This will be explained next. </P><H2 id="toc-hId-431791191"><SPAN>Task Monitoring for Handovers</SPAN></H2><P>The Task Monitoring for Handovers app monitors the handover process from SAP PLM to SAP S/4HANA Cloud Public Edition: </P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="PLM_7.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/147132i5C42C0DE73166E5D/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="PLM_7.png" alt="PLM_7.png" /></span></P><P>In the object page, you may monitor further details: </P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="PLM_8.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/146991iA96AC6D37377A894/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="PLM_8.png" alt="PLM_8.png" /></span></P><H2 id="toc-hId-235277686"> </H2><H2 id="toc-hId-38764181">SAP PLM Integration to SAP S/4HANA Cloud Public Edition Demo</H2><P><SPAN>The following shows a short demo for the SAP PLM to SAP S/4HANA Cloud Public Edition integration process: </SPAN></P><P><SPAN class=""><A href="https://sapvideo.cfapps.eu10-004.hana.ondemand.com/?entry_id=1_ykpdjlu4" target="_self" rel="nofollow noopener noreferrer"><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="Demo.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/144914i055E7D1040D5CC26/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="Demo.png" alt="Demo.png" /></span></A></SPAN></P><P> <SPAN>Click on this link for further </SPAN><A href="https://help.sap.com/docs/PLM_EPD/1bfdb8b2f0264b66a818a2a889ee8c31/e3e9a72d7102435aac6ad5138b4fe8ee.html?version=Cloud" target="_self" rel="noopener noreferrer">onboarding</A><SPAN> and also check out this </SPAN><A href="https://help.sap.com/docs/PLM_EPD/b183c303b8fc4254a08e565cdee4e163/c82a2df97c0b40cb8562f54c0dd6162d.html?version=Cloud" target="_self" rel="noopener noreferrer">user guide</A><SPAN>. </SPAN></P><H1 id="toc-hId--286832043"><SPAN>New App in BOM Management: Maintain Bills of Material (Version 2)</SPAN></H1><P><SPAN>With this new app (F1813A), you can create, update, or delete BOMs. </SPAN></P><P><SPAN><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="Maintain_BOM_2.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/146622i978AC287132EC600/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="Maintain_BOM_2.png" alt="Maintain_BOM_2.png" /></span></SPAN></P><P><SPAN>This app is a successor to the </SPAN><SPAN class="">Maintain Bill of Material (F1813)</SPAN><SPAN> app. In this old app, the copy from EBOM to MBOM happened with the button "Handover to Manufacturing". </SPAN></P><P><SPAN><SPAN><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="Maintain_BOM_1.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/146623i9838AC34B3DB9D8C/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="Maintain_BOM_1.png" alt="Maintain_BOM_1.png" /></span></SPAN></SPAN></P><P> This can be done in the new app with the "Copy BOM" button: </P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="Maintain_BOM_3.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/146624iC012766F9D086020/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="Maintain_BOM_3.png" alt="Maintain_BOM_3.png" /></span></P><P>The real "Handover" process may be done via SAP PLM as described above in this blog post, or also with external PLM systems via scope item 6U2</P><H1 id="toc-hId--483345548"><SPAN>Maintain Subitems in Manage Order Bill of Material (Version 2) App</SPAN></H1><P><SPAN>This feature enables you to create, update, or delete subitems for a BOM. </SPAN></P><P><SPAN><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="Order_BOM_1.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/146618i407F53E96EC0E26A/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="Order_BOM_1.png" alt="Order_BOM_1.png" /></span></SPAN></P><P> <SPAN>The maintenance of the subitems quantity is integrated with the BOM components.</SPAN></P><P><SPAN><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="Order_BOM_2.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/146619iB25FD1FBBC7D661B/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="Order_BOM_2.png" alt="Order_BOM_2.png" /></span></SPAN></P><H1 id="toc-hId--679859053"><SPAN>New App in BOM Management: Maintain WBS Bills of Material</SPAN></H1><P><SPAN>With this app, you can create, update, or delete work breakdown structure (WBS) BOM.</SPAN></P><P><SPAN><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="WBS_BOM_1.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/146654i0AB01F8B67108F7A/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="WBS_BOM_1.png" alt="WBS_BOM_1.png" /></span></SPAN></P><P><SPAN>You may work on an engineer-to-order scenario with projects. A project can have several work breakdown structure (WBS) elements that are nothing, but steps or different requirements involved in conceptualizing a finished product. Several activities that belong together can be grouped into WBS elements. You can create WBS BOMs for each of these WBS elements and carry out project-specific modifications.</SPAN></P><H1 id="toc-hId--876372558"><SPAN>Usability Feature in Manage Multilevel Bill of Material App</SPAN></H1><P><SPAN>This feature enables you to copy and paste BOM item data from one BOM assembly to another thus reducing the tedious task of recreating the same BOM item data.</SPAN></P><P><SPAN><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="Multilevel_BOM_1.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/146702i39A10E666CD018FA/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="Multilevel_BOM_1.png" alt="Multilevel_BOM_1.png" /></span></SPAN></P><H1 id="toc-hId--303145980"><SPAN>Manage Change Record (Version 2) App</SPAN></H1><P><SPAN>Manage Change Record (Version 2) app is the successor of the Manage Change Record app. </SPAN></P><P><SPAN><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="Change_Record_1.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/146704iCAB132CACD27E104/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="Change_Record_1.png" alt="Change_Record_1.png" /></span></SPAN></P><P><SPAN><SPAN>It provides continuous enhancement opportunities, improved performance, better usability, and supports Flexible Workflow only. </SPAN></SPAN></P><P><SPAN><SPAN><SPAN><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="Change_Record_2.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/146706iA778A93121750A0C/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="Change_Record_2.png" alt="Change_Record_2.png" /></span></SPAN></SPAN></SPAN></P><P><SPAN>It is recommended to use</SPAN><SPAN> </SPAN><SPAN class="">Manage Change Records (Version 2)</SPAN><SPAN>, as it is the successor of</SPAN><SPAN> </SPAN><SPAN class="">Manage Change Records</SPAN><SPAN>. It is more simplified and supports </SPAN><SPAN>the following objects:</SPAN></P><UL class=""><LI><P class="">Bill of Material (BOM)</P></LI><LI><P class="">Document (DOC)</P></LI><LI><P class="">Materials (MAT)</P></LI><LI><P class="">Production Routings (PRG)</P></LI><LI><P class="">Class (CLS)</P></LI><LI><P class="">Characteristic (CHR)</P></LI><LI><P class="">Sales Order Bill of Material (OBM)</P></LI></UL><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="Change_Record_3.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/146709iBD2FC502CB5F20EC/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="Change_Record_3.png" alt="Change_Record_3.png" /></span></P><H1 id="toc-hId--499659485"><SPAN>Flexible Workflow</SPAN></H1><P><SPAN>Flexible workflow allows businesses to run the Change Management process with transparency while taking appropriate decisions as</SPAN> you may check and approve process changes in a Change Record.</P><P class="">A new workflow can be created, or an existing one can be copied and edited to create a new one with the Workflows for Change Record app. </P><P class=""><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="Change_Record_4.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/146710i0A1806796D47A90E/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="Change_Record_4.png" alt="Change_Record_4.png" /></span></P><P>Don’t hesitate to leave a comment and check out our <SPAN><A href="https://pages.community.sap.com/topics/s4hana-cloud" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">community page</A></SPAN> to ask your questions and engage with the experts. Follow the <SPAN><A href="https://community.sap.com/t5/tag/PSCC_Enablement/tg-p/board-id/erp-blog-sap" target="_blank">PSCC_Enablement</A></SPAN> tag to stay up to date with our latest blog posts.</P><P>Follow us on <SPAN><A href="https://twitter.com/sap" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow noreferrer">@SAP</A></SPAN> and #S4HANA, and myself on <A href="http://linkedin.com/in/markus-oertelt" target="_self" rel="nofollow noopener noreferrer">LinkedIn</A>. </P><P><span class="lia-unicode-emoji" title=":film_projector:">📽</span>️ <STRONG>Watch the Replays of Our SAP S/4HANA Cloud Public Edition 2408 Early Release Series!</STRONG></P><P>From July 8 to July 12, we hosted a series of 20 compelling live sessions to highlight the exciting innovations shipped with the SAP S/4HANA Cloud Public Edition 2408 release. Missed the live sessions? We've got you covered! Don't miss this chance and <SPAN><A href="https://community.sap.com/t5/enterprise-resource-planning-blogs-by-sap/watch-the-replays-of-our-exclusive-sap-s-4hana-cloud-public-edition-2408/ba-p/13757250" target="_blank">watch them on demand</A></SPAN>–anywhere, anytime.</P><P><span class="lia-unicode-emoji" title=":magnifying_glass_tilted_right:">🔎</span><STRONG>Find All of Our Assets</STRONG></P><P>SAP S/4HANA Cloud is the foundation of the intelligent, sustainable enterprise and is an innovative, robust, and scalable ERP. We at Cloud ERP Product Success and Cloud Co-Innovation offer a service as versatile as our product itself. Check out the numerous offerings our team has created for you below:</P><P> </P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="Markus_Oertelt_0-1722337054110.png" style="width: 400px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/144154i5B935DEF47A8576A/image-size/medium?v=v2&px=400" role="button" title="Markus_Oertelt_0-1722337054110.png" alt="Markus_Oertelt_0-1722337054110.png" /></span></P><P> </P><P> </P><P> </P><P> </P><P> </P><P> </P><P> </P>2024-08-15T15:24:11.397000+02:00https://community.sap.com/t5/enterprise-resource-planning-blogs-by-sap/transportation-management-for-sap-s-4hana-cloud-public-edition-2408/ba-p/13777054Transportation Management for SAP S/4HANA Cloud Public Edition 24082024-08-15T15:27:40.087000+02:00Markus_Oertelthttps://community.sap.com/t5/user/viewprofilepage/user-id/132045<P>Exciting product updates coming your way for Transportation Management in SAP S/4HANA Cloud Public Edition 2408. </P><P> </P><H1 id="toc-hId-892217147">Integration of Returns Purchase Orders with<BR />Transportation Management</H1><P><SPAN>With this feature you can integrate returns purchase orders with Transportation Management. This allows you to perform transportation planning, monitor the execution, and settle the freight costs for a returns purchase order as part of the Return to Supplier process (scope item </SPAN><SPAN class="">BMK</SPAN><SPAN>).</SPAN></P><H3 id="toc-hId-953869080">Configuration</H3><P class="">You need to configure the integration of returns purchase orders with Transportation Management using the following configuration activities:</P><UL class=""><LI><P class=""><SPAN class="">Define Logistics Integration Profile</SPAN></P><P class="">For returns purchase orders, you must create a logistics integration profile. To do this, you can copy an existing logistics integration profile, such as S003 (manual planning) or S004 (external planning), and adapt it as required.</P></LI><LI><P class=""><SPAN class="">Define Transportation-Relevance of Purchasing Documents</SPAN></P><P class="">You activate the integration of returns purchase orders into TM by assigning the control key<SPAN> </SPAN><SPAN class="">0058</SPAN><SPAN> </SPAN>and the logistics integration profile that you created in the<SPAN> </SPAN><SPAN class="">Define Logistics Integration Profile</SPAN><SPAN> </SPAN>activity to a combination of the required purchasing organization, and purchasing group.</P></LI></UL><P class="">Currently Transportation management for returns purchase orders is not integrated with Warehouse Management.</P><P class=""> </P><H1 id="toc-hId-499190137">Integration of Returns Purchase Orders with<BR />Transportation Management - Demo </H1><P>Check out this short demo featuring the configuration steps and the process from our Early Release Webinar 2408: </P><P><A href="https://sapvideo.cfapps.eu10-004.hana.ondemand.com/?entry_id=1_5uyq54ia" target="_self" rel="nofollow noopener noreferrer"><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="Demo_TM_Blog_Post.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/152413iBDDFFB9B97EC6BAA/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="Demo_TM_Blog_Post.png" alt="Demo_TM_Blog_Post.png" /></span></A></P><P> </P><P> </P><H1 id="toc-hId-302676632">Delivery Deletion Initiated from Transportation Management</H1><P><SPAN>You can delete inbound, outbound, and customer returns deliveries in Logistics Execution (LE) from the </SPAN><SPAN class="">Manage Freight Units</SPAN><SPAN> app in Transportation Management (TM).</SPAN></P><P> </P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="Delete_Delivery.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/152435i44FBCD4A60F8DFA7/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="Delete_Delivery.png" alt="Delete_Delivery.png" /></span></P><P>If a freight unit has been assigned to a freight order or freight booking, you must remove this assignment before you can delete the delivery.</P><P> </P><H1 id="toc-hId-106163127">Enhancements for Consignment Orders in the<BR />Outbound Process</H1><P><SPAN>With this feature, you can benefit from an improved handling of consignment orders and consignment order documents in the outbound process.</SPAN></P><P><SPAN><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="Consignment_Order.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/152437i12812B3C458B8DE1/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="Consignment_Order.png" alt="Consignment_Order.png" /></span></SPAN></P><P><SPAN>In particular, the following improvements have been made:</SPAN></P><P> </P><H2 id="toc-hId-38732341"><SPAN class="">Execution status as an indicator for creating and deleting consignment order documents</SPAN></H2><DIV class=""> </DIV><DIV class="">The execution status of a freight order now clearly indicates if a consignment order document is created or has been created for the local consignment items of the freight order:<UL class=""><LI><P class="">When the execution status of the freight order is set to<SPAN> </SPAN><SPAN class="">Ready for Transportation Execution</SPAN>, the system automatically creates a corresponding consignment order document for each of the local consignment orders. These business documents can be accessed from the<SPAN> </SPAN><SPAN class="">Document Flow</SPAN><SPAN> </SPAN>tab or the<SPAN> </SPAN><SPAN class="">Items</SPAN><SPAN> </SPAN>tab of the freight order.</P></LI><LI>When you add freight units to the freight order after the execution status<SPAN> </SPAN><SPAN class="">Ready for Transportation Execution</SPAN><SPAN> </SPAN>has been reached, a consignment order document is created by the system for these freight units.</LI><LI>When you change back the execution status of the freight order from<SPAN> </SPAN><SPAN class="">Ready for Transportation Execution</SPAN><SPAN> </SPAN>to<SPAN> </SPAN><SPAN class="">Not Ready for Transportation Execution</SPAN>, the system deletes the consignment order document, and the consignment order exists again only locally in the freight order.</LI></UL><H2 id="toc-hId--157781164">No further changes allowed after sending of ASN or checkout of freight order</H2><P class="">When an advanced shipping notification (ASN) has been sent or when the freight order has been checked out at the source location (checkout status value of handling execution status has been set), you can't unassign freight units from the consignment order or cancel the consignment order document anymore. To be able to do so, you must first undo the goods issue for the corresponding delivery and revoke the checkout.</P></DIV><H2 id="toc-hId--354294669"><SPAN class="">Deletion of the consignment order after removal of assignment to freight order</SPAN></H2><P class="">If you unassign a consignment order from a freight order, the freight units are automatically unassigned from the consignment order and the consignment order is deleted. If the freight units are replanned to the freight order later, the system creates a new consignment order document for them.</P><P class=""> </P><H1 id="toc-hId--679890893">Freight Cost Calculation based on Material Freight Group and Transportation Group</H1><P>With this feature, you can calculate transportation charges in a freight order or freight booking based on a material freight group and transportation group.</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="Cost Calculation.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/152438iE14542DAD3694CBC/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="Cost Calculation.png" alt="Cost Calculation.png" /></span></P><P>Maintain freight rates based on the material freight group and transportation group in the freight agreement during negotiations with the carrier. Also, consider the material freight group and transportation group for the respective freight documents in the freight cost calculation after creation of freight agreement. </P><P> </P><H1 id="toc-hId--876404398">Billing of Freight Cost for Batch-Managed Material</H1><P>For transportation management scenarios that are initiated from a sales document, the freight cost of the freight document can be taken into account when the corresponding billing document is created. This functionality is also available for batch-managed materials now. </P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="Freight Cost Batch.png" style="width: 693px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/152440i10FDCBF76677ADF7/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="Freight Cost Batch.png" alt="Freight Cost Batch.png" /></span></P><P> </P><H1 id="toc-hId--303177820"> </H1><H1 id="toc-hId--499691325">Refinement of Freight Settlement Initiation for Advanced Intercompany Processes</H1><P>Freight order does not contain an "own" location [e.g. in advanced intercompany sales scenario with (internal) incoterm CIF, where the freight order of the selling organization relates to the transport from port of destination to the customer location].</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="Advanced ICO TM.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/152442i3B69BE4D5A1646FE/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="Advanced ICO TM.png" alt="Advanced ICO TM.png" /></span></P><P><SPAN>Freight orders automatically qualify for freight cost confirmation and settlement process as soon as the departure from the source location of relevant stage is reported.</SPAN></P><H1 id="toc-hId--696204830"> </H1><H1 id="toc-hId--892718335"><SPAN>Enhancement of the Form Data Provider for the WAYBILL Output Type</SPAN></H1><P>The Form Data Provider of the Output Type ‘WAYBILL’ was extended with details on the Shipper’s Contact and Container Number.</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="Output WAYBILL.png" style="width: 947px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/152452i976FC477C0F690C2/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="Output WAYBILL.png" alt="Output WAYBILL.png" /></span></P><P> </P><P>Form Data provider for the WayBill Output Type is extended with the following attributes:</P><UL><LI>Container Details:</LI><LI>Container Number</LI><LI>Container Country/Region</LI><LI>Shipper Contact Number</LI><LI>Shipper’s E-mail</LI><LI>Shipper’s Phone</LI><LI>Shipper’s Mobile Phone</LI><LI>Shipper’s Fax</LI></UL><H1 id="toc-hId--1089231840"> </H1><H1 id="toc-hId--1285745345">Third-Party Warehouse Management with Transportation Management - Advanced Integration Scenario</H1><P>Support integrated logistics processes with a third-party warehouse management system (Scope Item 1ZQ) and transportation planning and execution (Scope Items 6W1, 6W2, 6W3).</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="3rd Party_1.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/152453i0D7023B46B16A8DC/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="3rd Party_1.png" alt="3rd Party_1.png" /></span></P><P> The improvements: </P><UL><LI>Ability to distribute outbound or inbound deliveries that are integrated with transportation management to a connected, third-party warehouse management system.</LI><LI>Subsequent changes to deliveries after they were distributed to the third-party warehouse management system.</LI></UL><H1 id="toc-hId--1482258850"> </H1><H1 id="toc-hId--1678772355">Warehouse Outbound Processing with External Transportation Planning - Advanced Integration Scenario</H1><P>Support integrated logistics processes with Warehouse Management (Scope Item 3BS) and transportation planning in an external Transportation Management System (Scope Item 6W1).</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="WM_1.png" style="width: 733px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/152456iA37A4D8DB5FDDCEB/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="WM_1.png" alt="WM_1.png" /></span></P><P> The following was enhanced: </P><UL><LI>Enable integration with Warehouse Management, if freight units are distributed and planned in a connected external transportation management system.</LI></UL><H1 id="toc-hId--1875285860"> </H1><H1 id="toc-hId--2071799365">Task Tutorials + Learning Content for Transportation Management with 2408 Release </H1><P>New task tutorials and updated learnings to showcase an end-to-end scenario in Transportation Management for SAP S/4HANA Cloud Public Edition. Check them out: </P><UL><LI><A href="https://education.hana.ondemand.com/education/pub/s4/index.html?show=slide!SL_D60DE3A13240FAB0" target="_self" rel="nofollow noopener noreferrer">Main Learning Package</A></LI><LI><P><A href="https://education.hana.ondemand.com/education/pub/s4/index.html?show=slide!SL_3875B17E3B3401B4" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow noreferrer">Manual Transportation Planning (6W2)</A></P></LI><LI><P><A href="https://education.hana.ondemand.com/education/pub/s4/index.html?show=slide!SL_C11C1680C73B0385" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow noreferrer">Transportation Execution (6W3)</A></P></LI><LI><P><A href="https://education.hana.ondemand.com/education/pub/s4/index.html?show=slide!SL_F064AF1234CA2D81" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow noreferrer">Freight Settlement (6W4</A></P></LI><LI><P><A href="https://learning.sap.com/learning-journeys/getting-insights-into-sap-s-4hana-cloud-public-edition-transportation-management" target="_self" rel="noopener noreferrer">Getting Insights into SAP S/4HANA Cloud Public Edition, Transportation Management</A></P></LI><LI><P><A href="https://learning.sap.com/learning-journeys/implement-sap-s-4hana-cloud-public-edition-for-transportation-management" target="_self" rel="noopener noreferrer">Implementing SAP S/4HANA Cloud Public Edition, Transportation Management</A></P></LI></UL><P>Don’t hesitate to leave a comment and check out our <SPAN><A href="https://pages.community.sap.com/topics/s4hana-cloud" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">community page</A></SPAN> to ask your questions and engage with the experts. Follow the <SPAN><A href="https://community.sap.com/t5/tag/PSCC_Enablement/tg-p/board-id/erp-blog-sap" target="_blank">PSCC_Enablement</A></SPAN> tag to stay up to date with our latest blog posts.</P><P>Follow us on <SPAN><A href="https://twitter.com/sap" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow noreferrer">@SAP</A></SPAN> and #S4HANA, and myself on <A href="http://linkedin.com/in/markus-oertelt" target="_self" rel="nofollow noopener noreferrer">LinkedIn</A>. </P><P><span class="lia-unicode-emoji" title=":film_projector:">📽</span>️ <STRONG>Watch the Replays of Our SAP S/4HANA Cloud Public Edition 2408 Early Release Series!</STRONG></P><P>From July 8 to July 12, we hosted a series of 20 compelling live sessions to highlight the exciting innovations shipped with the SAP S/4HANA Cloud Public Edition 2408 release. Missed the live sessions? We've got you covered! Don't miss this chance and <SPAN><A href="https://community.sap.com/t5/enterprise-resource-planning-blogs-by-sap/watch-the-replays-of-our-exclusive-sap-s-4hana-cloud-public-edition-2408/ba-p/13757250" target="_blank">watch them on demand</A></SPAN>–anywhere, anytime.</P><P><span class="lia-unicode-emoji" title=":magnifying_glass_tilted_right:">🔎</span><STRONG>Find All of Our Assets</STRONG></P><P>SAP S/4HANA Cloud is the foundation of the intelligent, sustainable enterprise and is an innovative, robust, and scalable ERP. We at Cloud ERP Product Success and Cloud Co-Innovation offer a service as versatile as our product itself. Check out the numerous offerings our team has created for you below:</P><P> </P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="Markus_Oertelt_0-1722337054110.png" style="width: 400px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/144154i5B935DEF47A8576A/image-size/medium?v=v2&px=400" role="button" title="Markus_Oertelt_0-1722337054110.png" alt="Markus_Oertelt_0-1722337054110.png" /></span></P><P> </P><P> </P><P> </P><P> </P><P> </P><P> </P>2024-08-15T15:27:40.087000+02:00https://community.sap.com/t5/enterprise-resource-planning-blogs-by-sap/key-user-extensibility-and-developer-extensibility-for-carbon-footprint/ba-p/13796046Key User Extensibility and Developer Extensibility for Carbon Footprint Category Breakdown2024-08-16T13:29:39.951000+02:00MartinKnechtelhttps://community.sap.com/t5/user/viewprofilepage/user-id/9368<P><SPAN>#saveThePlanet requires drilling into the details: Carbon Footprint Category Breakdown is released. Read my Blog article on how to extend your applications easily with Key User and Developer Extensibility for #SAPS4HANA</SPAN></P><H1 id="toc-hId-894034369"><SPAN>Introduction</SPAN></H1><P>SAP S/4HANA provides features that allow to extend existing applications with carbon footprint data. Our <SPAN><A href="https://community.sap.com/t5/enterprise-resource-planning-blogs-by-sap/extending-business-processes-with-product-footprints-using-the-key-user/ba-p/13533350" target="_blank">team’s previous Blog post</A></SPAN> described how to extend existing applications with carbon footprints, on the example of Manage Purchase Order. This is meanwhile standard functionality of Purchase Requisition and Purchase Order in current SAP S/4HANA releases. Nevertheless, the Blog post is still relevant for on premises installations not yet on the newest release and furthermore also for applications not yet enabled with footprints.</P><P>Today we bring it to the next level with our latest SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2408 release which includes the latest Sustainability Integration Component. It is enabled by Scope Item <SPAN><A href="https://me.sap.com/processnavigator/SolS/EARL_SolS-013/2408/SolP/5IM/" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">5IM “Product Footprint Management”</A></SPAN> since several years, specifically since SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2108 and SAP S/4HANA 2021. We introduced new CDS views as listed <SPAN><A href="https://help.sap.com/docs/SAP_S4HANA_CLOUD/c0c54048d35849128be8e872df5bea6d/64ecb607c5ea4111a87580a36273ea9f.html?locale=en-US&version=2408.500" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">here</A></SPAN> including:</P><UL><LI>List of greenhouse gas scopes <FONT face="courier new,courier">I_GHGScope</FONT>.<BR />A <EM>GHG scope</EM> defines where emissions come from, e.g. from your own factory, your suppliers, or your consumers to name some examples from Scope 1, 2 and 3.</LI><LI>List of greenhouse gas categories <FONT face="courier new,courier">I_GHGCategory</FONT>.<BR />A <EM>GHG category</EM> further subdivides the greenhouse gas scopes, for example Scope 3 into category 3.06 “business travel”, 3.12 “end-of-life treatment of sold products” etc.</LI><LI><SPAN>Master</SPAN><SPAN> Data Footprint Breakdown </SPAN>by GHG Category <FONT face="courier new,courier">I_CO2eqFprntAvgGHGCat</FONT>.<BR />This one is best explained stepwise:<UL><LI>SAP S/4HANA contains <EM>master data</EM> records, specifying for example a product from a plant, or a product from a plant delivered by a specific supplier.</LI><LI>The <EM>master data footprint</EM> is a record that relates to an existing master data record. It adds footprint information to this master data record.</LI><LI>The <EM>Breakdown by GHG Category</EM> splits the master data footprint into quantity components per GHG category.</LI></UL></LI><LI>Transactional Data Footprint Breakdown by GHG Category <FONT face="courier new,courier">I_PFMTransDataCO2eqFprntGHGCat</FONT>. The transactional data footprint is related to a transactional data record. For example, it computes the overall CO2e sum for a given purchase order for the sum of the list of items ordered.</LI></UL><H1 id="toc-hId-697520864"><SPAN>Prerequisites </SPAN></H1><H2 id="toc-hId-630090078"><SPAN>Learning Recommendation</SPAN></H2><P>For an introduction into the topic of footprints, see the training <SPAN><A href="https://learning.sap.com/courses/climate-action-with-sap-sustainability-footprint-management" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">Climate Action with SAP Sustainability Footprint Management</A></SPAN>. It starts with an overview of Climate Action offerings by SAP and then focuses on SAP Sustainability Footprint Management hands-on and explains master data, transactional data, footprint computation etc.</P><P>Before you continue with the content below, I recommend making yourself familiar with Key User Extensibility and Developer Extensibility if you are not familiar already. I recommend Learning Journey “Practicing Clean Core Extensibility For SAP S/4HANA Cloud”, especially the chapters</P><UL><LI><SPAN><A href="https://learning.sap.com/learning-journeys/practicing-clean-core-extensibility-for-sap-s-4hana-cloud/explaining-key-user-extensibility_c7f6cbcb-ed54-4f1d-8e76-4a6e311e3cfa" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">Explaining Key User Extensibility</A></SPAN> and</LI><LI><SPAN><A href="https://learning.sap.com/learning-journeys/practicing-clean-core-extensibility-for-sap-s-4hana-cloud/explaining-developer-extensibility_f2683861-d69e-4a59-9e3e-01e3cc20fb0f" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">Explaining Developer Extensibility</A></SPAN></LI></UL><H2 id="toc-hId-433576573"><SPAN>User Roles</SPAN></H2><P>Make sure you have the following business roles assigned in your system:</P><UL><LI>SAP_UI_FLEX_KEY_USER</LI><LI>SAP_BR_PURCHASER</LI><LI>SAP_BR_EXTENSIBILITY_SPEC</LI><LI>SAP_BR_ADMIN_SUS_PFM</LI></UL><H1 id="toc-hId-107980349"><SPAN>Key User Extensibility</SPAN></H1><H2 id="toc-hId-40549563"><SPAN>Create Custom Field to Display the CO2e Category Breakdown</SPAN><SPAN> in Your Purchase Requisition Item</SPAN></H2><P>Custom Fields is a tool for Key User Extensibility. Using this tool, a key user can create and edit custom fields for SAP tables, Core Data Service (CDS) views or OData services and expose them to the UI.</P><P>I now extend Purchase Requisition Item. It already shows the CO2e footprint, and I additionally insert GHG category breakdown by adding a Custom Field. The steps required are:</P><UL><LI>Select Adapt UI from your profile icon menu top right.<BR /><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="1.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/152457i8E417233641BB753/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="1.png" alt="1.png" /></span></LI><LI>Select Create Custom Fields<BR /><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="MartinKnechtel_1-1723723305071.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/152448i84653E828815E45C/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="MartinKnechtel_1-1723723305071.png" alt="MartinKnechtel_1-1723723305071.png" /></span></LI><LI>The list of Custom Fields is pre-filtered with the Business Context for Purchase Requisition Item, as you can see below. Create your new field here of Field Type: Text. Select something meaningful for label and identifier. The Business Context is prefilled with: Procurement: Purchase Requisition Item (MM_PURREQN_ITEM). The result should look like the screenshot below.<BR /><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="3.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/152459iD28BF9425A4BACE7/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="3.png" alt="3.png" /></span></LI><LI>Position the newly created field to the place you want it to be. In the screenshot below I dragged it into the General Information section.<BR /><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="4.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/152461i731E1849C01CC964/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="4.png" alt="4.png" /></span></LI></UL><H2 id="toc-hId--155963942"><SPAN>Create Custom Logic</SPAN></H2><P>As you saw in step 3 in the screenshot above, the category breakdown is placed now in the UI, but it does not yet show any value. Now I add the logic to define the text value. Go to application Custom Logic, add a new implementation in the Business Context and Extension Point as shown in the screenshot below.</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="MartinKnechtel_0-1723724060099.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/152464iFD681ED5D565C16B/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="MartinKnechtel_0-1723724060099.png" alt="MartinKnechtel_0-1723724060099.png" /></span></P><P>For the code, you can take the example below as a first draft. It composes the text for the GHG breakdown by calling our Calculation API, looping through the returned components, and doing basic error handling. It is good practice to limit the code to your user at first to try things out without interfering with others, adapt this in line 1 before you proceed.</P><P> </P><P> </P><P> </P><pre class="lia-code-sample language-abap"><code>IF purchaserequisitionitem-createdbyuser = 'CB9980004180'. "Martin Knechtel
" get footprint calculation API
TRY.
purchaserequisitionitemchange-yy1_mk_pr_co2category_pri = 'CO2e category breakdown coming from my Key User Extensibility'. "our custom field receives a first initial assignment, helps you debugging
CATCH cx_sy_conversion_overflow.
INSERT VALUE #(
messageid = 'MEPO'
messagetype = 'E'
messagenumber = 250
messagevariable1 = 'CO2e category breakdown exceeds size of Custom Field.'
) INTO TABLE messages.
ENDTRY.
TRY.
DATA(lo_calculation_api) = cl_supfm_tdfp_calc_api_factory=>get_factory( )->get_calculation_api( ).
CATCH cx_supfm_tdfp_calc_api_factory INTO DATA(lx_supfm_tdfp_calc_api_factory).
INSERT VALUE #(
messageid = 'MEPO'
messagetype = 'E'
messagenumber = 250
messagevariable1 = lx_supfm_tdfp_calc_api_factory->get_text( )
) INTO TABLE messages.
RETURN.
ENDTRY.
TRY.
" calculate the CO2e Footprint for the purchase requisition item
DATA(ls_calculation_result_ghg) = lo_calculation_api->calculate_ghg_with_log(
VALUE #( (
Product = purchaserequisitionitem-material "e.g. 'BUTTER100'
Plant = purchaserequisitionitem-plant "e.g. '1010'
Quantity = purchaserequisitionitem-orderedquantity "e.g. '3'
UnitOfMeasure = purchaserequisitionitem-purchaseorderquantityunit "e.g. 'KG'
) ) ).
" in case a footprint for the item was successfully calculated, loop over the components
DATA responseString TYPE string.
IF ls_calculation_result_ghg-has_result = abap_true.
LOOP AT ls_calculation_result_ghg-pfmfootprintcomponents REFERENCE INTO DATA(component).
DATA(quantityRounded) = round( val = component->pfmfootprintquantity
dec = 3 ).
responsestring = |{ responsestring }{ component->pfmfootprintqtycomponenttype }: { quantityRounded } { component->pfmfootprintunit } / |.
ENDLOOP.
ELSE.
responsestring = |No CO2e scope categories found. Log: { ls_calculation_result_ghg-calculation_log->get_calculation_log_json( ) } Input: | &&
|{ purchaserequisitionitem-material },{ purchaserequisitionitem-plant },{ purchaserequisitionitem-orderedquantity },{ purchaserequisitionitem-purchaseorderquantityunit }|.
ENDIF.
responsestring = |{ responsestring } at { cl_abap_context_info=>get_system_date( ) }{ cl_abap_context_info=>get_system_time( ) }|.
purchaserequisitionitemchange-yy1_mk_pr_co2category_pri = responsestring.
CATCH cx_supfm_tdfp_calc_api INTO DATA(lx_supfm_tdfp_calc_api).
INSERT VALUE #(
messageid = 'MEPO'
messagetype = 'E'
messagenumber = 250
messagevariable1 = lx_supfm_tdfp_calc_api->get_text( )
) INTO TABLE messages.
ENDTRY.
ENDIF.</code></pre><P> </P><P> </P><P> </P><P>Returning to your Purchase Requisition Item you should now see the CO2e category breakdown similarly to the screenshot below.</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="MartinKnechtel_1-1723724234844.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/152465iBEE24576B45E1C2D/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="MartinKnechtel_1-1723724234844.png" alt="MartinKnechtel_1-1723724234844.png" /></span></P><P> </P><H1 id="toc-hId--481560166"><SPAN>Developer Extensibility</SPAN></H1><P>Above I introduced Custom Logic for the ABAP code to prepare your text to be shown in the UI. This was done with Key User Extensibility tools. Now I switch into Developer Extensibilty. Preparing code with ADT is more comfortab<SPAN>le if the Custom Logic above gets extensive. Debugging is possible. You can also</SPAN> encapsulate part of the logic and call it from the extension point Custom Logic above. An example is shown in the screenshot below. Similarly to the code example above, it calculates a transaction data footprint from a master data footprint and prepares the calculated GHG component breakdown to a string. Here it prints it to the console, but I could also assign it to some custom field, as shown above.<SPAN><BR /></SPAN></P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="MartinKnechtel_2-1723724276753.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/152466i0C2E89682CD036A3/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="MartinKnechtel_2-1723724276753.png" alt="MartinKnechtel_2-1723724276753.png" /></span></P><P>In case there is no master data footprint found for the given product “BUTTER100”, an error with message number 4 is returned. As shown in the screenshot, the CM_SUPFM_TDFP_LOGGER message class was opened to retrieve the message text from the message number. This might indicate to the developer that no test data was created yet on the system and afterwards he can proceed debugging and developing. With that, I walked you through an end to end example for extending your application with sustainability features with Key User Extensibility and Developer Extensibility.</P><P>Disclaimer: I describe the work of many here and I am only one of the contributors in a great and dedicated team. <SPAN>We keep on rocking to deliver you the latest and greatest sustainability integration into SAP </SPAN><SPAN>S/4HANA</SPAN><SPAN>.</SPAN></P><P> </P>2024-08-16T13:29:39.951000+02:00https://community.sap.com/t5/enterprise-resource-planning-blogs-by-sap/%E4%BD%BF%E7%94%A8availability-check-horizon%E6%9D%A5%E7%AE%A1%E7%90%86atp/ba-p/13798827使用Availability Check Horizon来管理ATP2024-08-19T08:11:18.493000+02:00Feng_Chenhttps://community.sap.com/t5/user/viewprofilepage/user-id/132169<P><STRONG><FONT size="6">业务需求</FONT></STRONG></P><P>客户每日通过集成创建销售订单,但这些销售订单并不急着创建交货单,客户希望这些订单不要占用ATP库存。</P><P>我们可以启用Availability Check Horizon来实现。</P><P><STRONG><FONT size="6">系统配置</FONT></STRONG></P><P>1.配置SSCUI:<SPAN>Configure Scope of Availability Check, ID:101099,选择对应的配置Availible Check + Checking Rule</SPAN></P><P><SPAN><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="113.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/153853i258BEDA1A3BDF195/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="113.png" alt="113.png" /></span></SPAN></P><P><SPAN>选择Full Confirmation</SPAN></P><P><SPAN><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="114.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/153854iE987150D9EC57D16/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="114.png" alt="114.png" /></span></SPAN></P><P><SPAN>配置里的Availale Check SR对应的是产品主数据MRP3视图里的配置</SPAN></P><P><SPAN><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="115.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/153856i89F789B003CD16C8/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="115.png" alt="115.png" /></span></SPAN></P><P><SPAN>2.APP:Manage Product Master Data(注意:必须是Fiori APP并不是MM02),工厂视图下添加Availibility Check Horizon的天数</SPAN></P><P><SPAN><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="111.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/153857iC153274440FC4A60/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="111.png" alt="111.png" /></span></SPAN></P><P><SPAN>设置200天</SPAN></P><P><SPAN><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="112.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/153858i91983731A8E99DF3/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="112.png" alt="112.png" /></span></SPAN></P><P><SPAN><STRONG><FONT size="6">系统实现</FONT></STRONG></SPAN></P><P><FONT size="4"><SPAN>产品ZFC105库存100件,对订单1741,订单数量200件设置交货日期晚于200天后,比如:</SPAN></FONT></P><P><FONT size="4"><SPAN><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="118.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/153859iADB8127040EE71C2/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="118.png" alt="118.png" /></span></SPAN></FONT></P><P><FONT size="4"><SPAN>对后续新销售订单需求70件,可以看到ATP可以被完全满足,并不受上一张订单数量200件占用库存。</SPAN></FONT></P><P><FONT size="4"><SPAN><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="116.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/153860iC03E6BB8CB72E44D/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="116.png" alt="116.png" /></span></SPAN></FONT></P><P><FONT size="4"><SPAN><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="117.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/153861iE9BFE745174859CA/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="117.png" alt="117.png" /></span></SPAN></FONT></P><P> </P><P><FONT size="6"><STRONG>感谢观看</STRONG></FONT></P><P> </P><P> </P><P> </P><P> </P>2024-08-19T08:11:18.493000+02:00https://community.sap.com/t5/technology-blogs-by-sap/%E3%83%93%E3%82%B8%E3%83%8D%E3%82%B9%E3%82%B3%E3%83%B3%E3%83%86%E3%83%B3%E3%83%84-finance-foundation-for-sap-s-4hana-and-s-4hana-cloud-%E3%82%92%E5%AE%9F%E8%A3%85%E3%81%97%E3%81%A6%E3%81%BF%E3%82%88%E3%81%86/ba-p/13792341ビジネスコンテンツ「 Finance Foundation for SAP S/4HANA and S/4HANA Cloud」を実装してみよう!2024-08-19T08:14:32.018000+02:00akaneyhttps://community.sap.com/t5/user/viewprofilepage/user-id/852758<H2 id="toc-hId-1023000802">はじめに</H2><P>こちらのブログでは「Finance Foundation for SAP S/4HANA and S/4HANA Cloud」のビジネスコンテンツの実装手順を解説します。ビジネスコンテンツの概要に関しては「<A class="" href="https://community.sap.com/t5/technology-blogs-by-sap/sap-datashere-%E3%83%93%E3%82%B8%E3%83%8D%E3%82%B9%E3%82%B3%E3%83%B3%E3%83%86%E3%83%B3%E3%83%84%E6%A6%82%E8%A6%81%E3%81%A8%E3%82%A4%E3%83%B3%E3%82%B9%E3%83%88%E3%83%BC%E3%83%AB%E6%89%8B%E9%A0%86/ba-p/13792254" target="_blank">SAP Datashere ビジネスコンテンツ概要とインストール手順」</A>をご確認ください。</P><P>「Finance Foundation for SAP S/4HANA and S/4HANA Cloud」のビジネスコンテンツではSAP S/4HANA あるいはSAP S/4HANA Cloud をデータソースとした財務報告・分析のベースとして利用できるデータモデル、およびサンプルダッシュボードを併せて提供しています。データモデルにはG/L勘定科目、実績/計画仕訳項目、会計伝票や仕訳明細のオペレーショナルデータ、および対応するマスターデータが含まれており、テンプレートとしてそのまま使うだけでなく、独自にカスタマイズを行いテンプレートの拡張を行うことも可能です。</P><P>以下は本ビジネスコンテンツの構成図です。</P><P><FONT color="#000000">ビジネスコンテンツはSAPのモデリングベストプラクティスに則って、項目の絞り込みを行ったうえで集計や結合、階層の追加などの処理がされ、それらを基にSAP Analytics Cloudで使用するモデルが作成される構成をとっています。これらが以下のように3つのレイヤーに分けられ、テーブルやビュー、分析モデルとしてSAP Datasphereのビジネスコンテンツに含まれています。</FONT></P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="1.2_ビジコンの構造.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/150729i1DBF43D7485EF2FE/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="1.2_ビジコンの構造.png" alt="1.2_ビジコンの構造.png" /></span></P><P>本ブログではSAP S/4HANA Cloudをデータソースとした実装方法をご紹介します。 </P><UL><LI>リモートテーブルの作成が必要なため、DP Agentをお客様環境にインストールをする必要があります。DP Agentの設定方法に関しては<A href="https://community.sap.com/t5/blogs/blogarticleprintpage/blog-id/technology-blog-sap/article-id/171355" target="_blank">「SAP S/4HANAとSAP Datasphereのデータ連携 : DP Agentの設定」</A>をご確認ください。</LI><LI>SAP S/4HANA Cloudとの接続作成が必要となり、2つの通信シナリオ(SAP_COM_0531およびSAP_COM_0532)を割り当てた通信契約の作成が必要です。詳細は<A href="https://community.sap.com/t5/technology-blogs-by-sap/sap-s-4hana-cloud%E3%81%A8sap-datasphere%E3%81%AE%E3%83%87%E3%83%BC%E3%82%BF%E9%80%A3%E6%90%BA/ba-p/13563564" target="_self">「SAP S/4HANA CloudとSAP Datasphereのデータ連携」</A> をご確認ください。</LI></UL><H2 id="toc-hId-826487297"><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="1.3_S4との接続1.png" style="width: 452px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/150738i87FF52DD62A5AD90/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="1.3_S4との接続1.png" alt="1.3_S4との接続1.png" /></span><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="1.4_S4との接続2.png" style="width: 964px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/150739iBC6628FEFCBBE7AC/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="1.4_S4との接続2.png" alt="1.4_S4との接続2.png" /></span></H2><UL><LI><SPAN>本ブログでは以下を前提としています。バージョンの相違にご注意ください。</SPAN></LI></UL><P>バージョン情報:</P><UL><LI>SAP S/4HANA Cloud:2402</LI><LI>SAP Datasphere: 2024.14.48</LI><LI>DP Agent: 2.7.3.3</LI></UL><H2 id="toc-hId-629973792">手順</H2><P>以下が主な手順です。本ブログではSAP S/4HANA Cloud, SAP Datasphere, SAP Analytics Cloudと手順を分けてご紹介いたします。</P><P><SPAN><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="0.0_実装手順.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/151097i5179A8A12790925E/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="0.0_実装手順.png" alt="0.0_実装手順.png" /></span></SPAN></P><H2 id="toc-hId-433460287">SAP S/4HANA Cloudでの手順</H2><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="1.6_手順概要2.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/150742iA923B96B9F8B0B9F/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="1.6_手順概要2.png" alt="1.6_手順概要2.png" /></span></P><P>こちらでは以下を行います。</P><OL><LI>通信ユーザ作成</LI><LI>通信システム作成</LI><LI>通信契約作成</LI><LI>セマンティックタグの割り当て</LI></OL><P>本ビジネスコンテンツではSAP S/4HANA Cloudの接続タイプを指定されているため、接続作成のために<SPAN>SAP_COM_0531およびSAP_COM_0532の</SPAN>2つの通信シナリオを有効にする必要があります。</P><P>手順1~3の詳細の手順は<A href="https://community.sap.com/t5/technology-blogs-by-sap/sap-s-4hana-cloud%E3%81%A8sap-datasphere%E3%81%AE%E3%83%87%E3%83%BC%E3%82%BF%E9%80%A3%E6%90%BA/ba-p/13563564" target="_self">「SAP S/4HANA CloudとSAP Datasphereのデータ連携」</A>ブログで紹介されていますのでご確認ください。</P><H4 id="toc-hId-495112220">4. セマンティックタグの割り当て</H4><P>本ブログでは「グローバル階層管理」アプリを用いたセマンティックタグの割り当て方法を解説します。こちらのSAP Note<A href="https://me.sap.com/notes/3219638/J" target="_self" rel="noopener noreferrer">「</A><A href="https://me.sap.com/notes/3219638/J" target="_self" rel="noopener noreferrer">3</A><SPAN><A href="https://me.sap.com/notes/3219638/J" target="_self" rel="noopener noreferrer">219638 - セマンティックタグの割当方法」</A>も併せてご確認ください。</SPAN></P><P>まずはじめに「グローバル階層管理」アプリより有効な既存の財務諸表バージョンの検索およびセマンティックタグの割り当てをおこないます。</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="2.1_グローバル階層管理.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/150748iD1B42C266342CD09/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="2.1_グローバル階層管理.png" alt="2.1_グローバル階層管理.png" /></span></P><P>セマンティックタグの割り当てを行うには、はじめに階層の「無効化」をしてから「編集」をおこなう必要があります。</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="2.2_無効化.png" style="width: 868px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/150749i4BC4A1EEBFDA5FC7/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="2.2_無効化.png" alt="2.2_無効化.png" /></span><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="2.3_編集.png" style="width: 875px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/150750iC0EEB10BB54754FB/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="2.3_編集.png" alt="2.3_編集.png" /></span></P><P>割り当てが必要なセマンティックタグは<A href="https://help.sap.com/docs/SAP_DATASPHERE/6eb1eff34e4c4b1f90adfbfba1334240/a88daacc6bfc1014a79e69594ccc91ad.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">こちら</A>のSAP Help Portalに記載されており、該当するものを対応するノードに割り当てます。</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="2.5_割り当てるセマンティックタグ.png" style="width: 703px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/150855i3BB841E5FA458374/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="2.5_割り当てるセマンティックタグ.png" alt="2.5_割り当てるセマンティックタグ.png" /></span></P><P>グローバル階層管理アプリでセマンティックタグの割り当てを行う際は、適切な階層のノードを開き、タグのアイコンを選択すると「選択:セマンティックタグ入力ヘルプ」メニューが新たなウィンドウで表示されます。</P><P>検索あるいはスクロールダウンで使用するものを選択し、「OK」で割り当てを行うことができます。</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="2.6_割り当て方法.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/150751iBEDEBC426A4EA9F9/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="2.6_割り当て方法.png" alt="2.6_割り当て方法.png" /></span></P><P>必要なセマンティックタグの割り当てが終了すると右下の「保存」を選択します。</P><P>分析レポートなどの実行時アプリケーションでは、有効な階層バージョンのみ使用することができるため、セマンティックの割り当て終了後は財務諸表バージョンの「有効化」を行う必要があります。</P><P>詳細は<A href="https://help.sap.com/docs/SAP_S4HANA_CLOUD/c56f622a2edf491b9f1b596b55587009/8e040a45e4db4e6abd426bee0a86dc8a.html?locale=ja-JP&profile=20103652&source=productlink-webassistant" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">「グローバル階層管理」</A>のSAP Help Portalをご確認ください。</P><H2 id="toc-hId-40433277">SAP Datasphereの手順</H2><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="1.7_手順概要3.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/150757iF1BF75762E401323/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="1.7_手順概要3.png" alt="1.7_手順概要3.png" /></span></P><P>こちらでは以下を行います。</P><UL><LI>ビジネスコンテンツのインポート</LI><LI>SAP S/4HANA Cloudとの接続作成</LI><LI>ローカルテーブルのデータ型変更</LI><LI>複製フロー・データフローの作成・実行</LI><LI>ビュー・分析モデルのデプロイ</LI></UL><H4 id="toc-hId-102085210">ビジネスコンテンツのインポート</H4><P>SAP Datasphereにログイン後、「セマンティックオンボーディング」メニューよりビジネスコンテンツのインポートを行います。</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="3.0_DSPインポート.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/150764i998EBC0A59774E3B/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="3.0_DSPインポート.png" alt="3.0_DSPインポート.png" /></span></P><P>ソースシステムとの接続名はビジネスコンテンツ毎に指定されており、本ビジネスコンテンツで定められている名称は以下の通りです。</P><UL><LI>ビジネス名: SAP S/4HANA Cloud</LI><LI>技術名: SAP_S4HC</LI></UL><H4 id="toc-hId--94428295"><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="3.1_DSPインポート1.png" style="width: 871px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/150769i5C2F78E3644BAEB4/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="3.1_DSPインポート1.png" alt="3.1_DSPインポート1.png" /></span></H4><H4 id="toc-hId--290941800">SAP S/4HANA Cloudとの接続作成</H4><P>「接続」メニューよりSAP S/4HANA Cloudとの接続の「作成」を行います。</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="3.2_接続作成.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/150772iABD176DE5638FC81/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="3.2_接続作成.png" alt="3.2_接続作成.png" /></span> </P><P>接続タイプは「SAP S/4HANA Cloud」を選択します。</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="3.3_タイル.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/150780i91AFAC297B022388/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="3.3_タイル.png" alt="3.3_タイル.png" /></span></P><P>接続プロパティや接続名称を設定し、「接続を作成」します。</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="3.4_プロパティの記入.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/150775i70EC992B5EAEC1F7/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="3.4_プロパティの記入.png" alt="3.4_プロパティの記入.png" /></span></P><P>作成した接続が有効かどうかは以下のように確認ができます。</P><H4 id="toc-hId--487455305"><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="3.5_チェック.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/150781iEE36972E2D933AB3/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="3.5_チェック.png" alt="3.5_チェック.png" /></span></H4><H4 id="toc-hId--1181685905">ローカルテーブルのデータ型変更</H4><P>SAP S/4HANA Cloudのデータをビジネスコンテンツに含まれるローカルテーブルに挿入する前に以下の3つのローカルテーブルの日付のデータ型を確認してください。</P><TABLE width="600"><TBODY><TR><TD width="297.078px" height="50px"><P><FONT size="3">CDS View</FONT></P></TD><TD width="401.922px" height="50px"><P><FONT size="3">Local Table</FONT></P></TD></TR><TR><TD width="297.078px" height="50px"><P>I_FISCALYEARFORCOMPANYCODE</P></TD><TD width="401.922px" height="50px"><P>SAP_FI_IL_I_FISCALYEARFORCOMPANYCODE</P></TD></TR><TR><TD width="297.078px" height="50px"><P>I_OPERATIONALACCTGDOCITEM</P></TD><TD width="401.922px" height="50px"><P>SAP_FI_IL_I_OPERATIONALACCTGDOCITEM</P></TD></TR><TR><TD width="297.078px" height="50px"><P> I_SemTagGLAccount</P></TD><TD width="401.922px" height="50px"><P>SAP_FI_IL_I_SemTagGLAccount</P></TD></TR></TBODY></TABLE><P>ターゲットテーブルの該当する日付のデータ型がStringになっている場合はDateへと変更し、テーブルのデプロイを実行します。</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="↑データ型の変更前" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/150782i8B44F2C7BE8A1072/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="3.6_変更前.png" alt="↑データ型の変更前" /><span class="lia-inline-image-caption" onclick="event.preventDefault();">↑データ型の変更前</span></span><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="↑データ型の変更後" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/150783i6AE2B9A081D47E01/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="3.7_変更後.png" alt="↑データ型の変更後" /><span class="lia-inline-image-caption" onclick="event.preventDefault();">↑データ型の変更後</span></span></P><H4 id="toc-hId--1378199410">複製フローの作成</H4><P>「ビジネスコンテンツのインポート」の際に作成されたローカルテーブルをターゲットとする複製フローを作成し、データの挿入をします。<A href="https://help.sap.com/docs/SAP_DATASPHERE/6eb1eff34e4c4b1f90adfbfba1334240/a89082b76bfc1014a79e69594ccc91ad.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">こちら</A>のSAP Help Portalを参考に、CDS viewの選択およびターゲットオブジェクトの選択を行います。</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="7.0.png" style="width: 912px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/153862iD39EFBB1F78C6BC7/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="7.0.png" alt="7.0.png" /></span></P><P>この際の注意点として、ターゲットシステムの選択をするとターゲットオブジェクトが自動で選択されますが、SAP Help Portalで指定されているローカルテーブルをターゲットとして変更する必要があります。</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="3.9_名前の変更.png" style="width: 989px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/150815iA32A47EE3A7A224E/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="3.9_名前の変更.png" alt="3.9_名前の変更.png" /></span></P><P>作成した複製フローのデプロイおよび実行を「一般」メニューより行います。<span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="3.91_デプロイ.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/150816iE340855E96BBCEBC/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="3.91_デプロイ.png" alt="3.91_デプロイ.png" /></span></P><H4 id="toc-hId--1574712915">データフローの作成</H4><P><FONT color="#000000">ビジネスコンテンツで使用するCDS viewの1つであるI_SemTagGLAccountは1次キーが設定されておらず、複製フローの作成が2024年7月時点ではサポートされていません。(ロードマップは<A href="https://roadmaps.sap.com/board?PRODUCT=73555000100800002141&range=CURRENT-LAST#Q3%202024;INNO=FF9E799E4CEE1EEE99849C5D9893328C" target="_self" rel="noopener noreferrer">こちら</A>からご確認いただけ、2024年Q3での実装が予定されています。)</FONT></P><P>まずはじめにリモートテーブルを作成します。後続の手順は以下の2つの方法から1つを選択します。<A href="https://help.sap.com/docs/SAP_DATASPHERE/6eb1eff34e4c4b1f90adfbfba1334240/a87a74c36bfc1014a79e69594ccc91ad.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">こちら</A>のSAP Help Portalを確認ください。</P><UL><LI><STRONG>選択肢① </STRONG>リモートテーブルをソーステーブル、SAP_FI_IL_I_SemTagGLAccountをターゲットテーブルとしたデータフローの作成</LI><LI><STRONG>選択肢② </STRONG>SAP_FI_IL_ SemTagGLAccountをデータビルダで開き、ソーステーブルをリモートテーブルへと置換</LI></UL><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="3.93_選択肢1.png" style="width: 557px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/150821iBF2B77AA4FF552CB/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="3.93_選択肢1.png" alt="3.93_選択肢1.png" /></span></P><P> </P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="3.923_選択肢2.png" style="width: 602px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/150822i5B73C659621E57A4/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="3.923_選択肢2.png" alt="3.923_選択肢2.png" /></span></P><P>選択肢①を選んだ場合は、作成したデータフローのデプロイおよび実行を「一般」メニューより行います。</P><H4 id="toc-hId--1771226420"><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="3.94_データフローの実行.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/150823i000DB9FDE3C2387A/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="3.94_データフローの実行.png" alt="3.94_データフローの実行.png" /></span></H4><H4 id="toc-hId--1967739925">ビュー・分析モデルのデプロイ</H4><P>複製フロー・データフローのデプロイ・実行後にデータソース側からInbound Layer → Harmonization Layer→Reporting Layerの順でローカルテーブル、ビュー、分析モデルのデプロイをします。</P><H2 id="toc-hId--1577447416"><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="1.2_ビジコンの構造.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/150824i66815B1F3CD6EF48/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="1.2_ビジコンの構造.png" alt="1.2_ビジコンの構造.png" /></span></H2><H2 id="toc-hId--1773960921">SAP Analytics Cloudでの手順</H2><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="1.8_手順概要4.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/150825iF02E82AB56E08FE5/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="1.8_手順概要4.png" alt="1.8_手順概要4.png" /></span></P><UL><LI>ビジネスコンテンツのインポート</LI><LI>SAP Analytics Cloudとの接続作成</LI><LI>ストーリーの確認</LI></UL><H4 id="toc-hId-1737686856">ビジネスコンテンツのインポート</H4><P>SAP Analytics Cloudにアクセス後、「コンテンツネットワーク」よりビジネスコンテンツのインポートを行います。</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="4.0_インポート.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/150826iB189F6E846951757/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="4.0_インポート.png" alt="4.0_インポート.png" /></span></P><P>SAP Datasphereとの接続を作成します。</P><P>「接続」メニューより+(接続の追加)を選択し、ライブデータに接続のドロップダウンメニューを開け「SAP Datasphere」を選択します。</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="4.1_接続の作成.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/150827iBC115FC5B784F685/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="4.1_接続の作成.png" alt="4.1_接続の作成.png" /></span></P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="4.2_接続の設定1.png" style="width: 477px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/150828i6FCCE7D92872ECDC/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="4.2_接続の設定1.png" alt="4.2_接続の設定1.png" /></span></P><P>ビジネスコンテンツにおけるSAP Datasphere - SAP Analytics Cloud間の連携は以下の接続名で固定されており、どのコンテンツでも使用することが出来ます。詳細は<A href="https://help.sap.com/docs/SAP_DATASPHERE/6eb1eff34e4c4b1f90adfbfba1334240/a8792f1f6bfc1014a79e69594ccc91ad.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">こちら</A>のSAP Help Portalをご確認ください。</P><UL><LI>接続名:SAPDWC</LI></UL><H4 id="toc-hId-1541173351"><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="4.21_接続の設定2.png" style="width: 842px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/150837i7EE7D99556F97F4A/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="4.21_接続の設定2.png" alt="4.21_接続の設定2.png" /></span></H4><H4 id="toc-hId-1344659846">ストーリーの確認</H4><P>ビジネスコンテンツは「公開」フォルダ内に以下の名称でインポートされています。</P><UL><LI>SAP Finance: P&L Statement (based on SAP Datasphere)</LI></UL><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="4.3_インポートされたコンテンツのフォルダ.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/153883iBB1E3BAFB71C8ADF/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="4.3_インポートされたコンテンツのフォルダ.png" alt="4.3_インポートされたコンテンツのフォルダ.png" /></span></P><P>また、ストーリーを表示する際にはプロンプトが表示されます。以下の3つの変数を入力する必要があります。</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="4.4_プロンプト.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/150841i32587329444EF8EB/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="4.4_プロンプト.png" alt="4.4_プロンプト.png" /></span></P><H2 id="toc-hId-1903136046"><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="4.3_ストーリー.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/150838i66D550794C059B11/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="4.3_ストーリー.png" alt="4.3_ストーリー.png" /></span></H2><H2 id="toc-hId-1706622541"><BR />さいごに</H2><P>最後までお読みいただきありがとうございました!</P><P><SPAN>以下に参考としてSAP Help Portalや関連ブログのリンクを掲載しておりますので、併せてご確認ください。</SPAN></P><UL><LI><A href="https://help.sap.com/docs/SAP_DATASPHERE/6eb1eff34e4c4b1f90adfbfba1334240/a878c25f6bfc1014a79e69594ccc91ad.html" target="_self" rel="noopener noreferrer">SAP Datasphere : Finance Foundation for SAP S/4HANA and SAP S/4HANA Cloud</A> </LI><LI><A href="https://help.sap.com/docs/SAP_ANALYTICS_CLOUD/42093f14b43c485fbe3adbbe81eff6c8/3cfaf687e201474d8bbee6e33a3e6d8b.html" target="_self" rel="noopener noreferrer">SAP Analytics Cloud : Finance Foundation for SAP S/4HANA and SAP S/4HANA Cloud</A></LI><LI><A class="" href="https://community.sap.com/t5/technology-blogs-by-sap/sap-datashere-%E3%83%93%E3%82%B8%E3%83%8D%E3%82%B9%E3%82%B3%E3%83%B3%E3%83%86%E3%83%B3%E3%83%84%E6%A6%82%E8%A6%81%E3%81%A8%E3%82%A4%E3%83%B3%E3%82%B9%E3%83%88%E3%83%BC%E3%83%AB%E6%89%8B%E9%A0%86/ba-p/13792254" target="_blank">SAP Datashere ビジネスコンテンツ概要とインストール手順</A></LI><LI><A class="" href="https://community.sap.com/t5/technology-blogs-by-sap/sap-s-4hana-cloud%E3%81%A8sap-datasphere%E3%81%AE%E3%83%87%E3%83%BC%E3%82%BF%E9%80%A3%E6%90%BA/ba-p/13563564" target="_blank">SAP S/4HANA CloudとSAP Datasphereのデータ連携</A></LI></UL>2024-08-19T08:14:32.018000+02:00https://community.sap.com/t5/technology-blogs-by-sap/abap-cloud-sessions-at-sap-teched-in-2024/ba-p/13783420ABAP Cloud Sessions at SAP TechEd in 20242024-08-20T20:42:55.415000+02:00CarineTchoutouohttps://community.sap.com/t5/user/viewprofilepage/user-id/1462<P>Hey Everyone!</P><P>That time of year is here again,<FONT color="#000000"> <STRONG>SAP TechEd 2024 is just around the corner!</STRONG> </FONT></P><P>SAP TechEd is the leading tech conference for all developers, IT professionals, business experts, tech visionaries, innovators, and leaders eager to gain in-depth knowledge of SAP’s solutions, platforms, and technologies, along with insights into their future direction. It also offer an opportunity to network and connect with peers and SAP experts. </P><P><A href="https://www.sap.com/events/teched.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">SAP TechEd in 2024</A> will kick off with a <STRONG><FONT color="#000000">free, engaging virtual event accessible to everyone,</FONT> </STRONG>followed by SAP TechEd on Tour stops all around the world for a unique opportunity for more in-depth, in-person learning experiences. The series of local on-site events will be organized in partnership with and hosted by SAP User Groups and SAPinsider. Learn more about the virtual experience <A href="https://www.sap.com/events/teched/virtual.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">here</A>.</P><P data-unlink="true">The choice is yours: <STRONG><FONT color="#000000">Join us virtually for the first event in the series, SAP TechEd Virtual 2024! </FONT></STRONG></P><TABLE border="0" width="50%"><TBODY><TR><TD width="100%"><P style=" text-align: center; "><span class="lia-unicode-emoji" title=":pushpin:">📌</span>Save the date and <STRONG><A href="https://www.sap.com/events/teched.html" target="_self" rel="noopener noreferrer">register now</A></STRONG>!<BR /><span class="lia-unicode-emoji" title=":calendar:">📅</span>October 8 - 9, 2024</P></TD></TR></TBODY></TABLE><P data-unlink="true"><A href="https://www.sap.com/events/teched/virtual.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">At this year's SAP TechEd</A>, you will have the opportunity to attend a <FONT color="#000000">variety of sessions and formats</FONT> - such as lectures, jumpstarts, and roadmaps - organized into <FONT color="#000000">six (6) content tracks</FONT> that are aligned with your business needs, covering SAP technologies, products, and solutions:</P><UL><LI><SPAN>Digital Transformation with Cloud ERP (<STRONG>DT</STRONG>)</SPAN></LI><LI><SPAN>SAP Business Technology Platform – General (<STRONG>XP</STRONG>)</SPAN></LI><LI><SPAN>Application Development and Automation (<STRONG>AD</STRONG>)</SPAN></LI><LI><SPAN>Data and Analytics (<STRONG>DA</STRONG>)</SPAN></LI><LI><SPAN>Integration (<STRONG>IN</STRONG>)</SPAN></LI><LI><SPAN>Artificial Intelligence (<STRONG>AI</STRONG>)</SPAN></LI></UL><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="CarineTchoutouo_0-1724083802886.png" style="width: 99px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/154220i8D5DE05AF92FC992/image-dimensions/99x43?v=v2" width="99" height="43" role="button" title="CarineTchoutouo_0-1724083802886.png" alt="CarineTchoutouo_0-1724083802886.png" /></span> The ABAP sessions at this year's SAP TechEd event will be centered around "<EM><STRONG>Clean Core Extensibility powered by ABAP Cloud and Generative AI</STRONG></EM>". Attendees can look forward to a range of lectures (incl. roadmaps) and jump-starts on clean core development and transformation with ABAP Cloud and GenAI for all SAP S/4HANA editions, both cloud and on-premise. Below is an overview of the SAP TechEd Virtual 2024 sessions related to clean core extensibility and ABAP Cloud. </P><P><span class="lia-unicode-emoji" title=":books:">📚</span><STRONG><A href="https://www.sap.com/events/teched/virtual/flow/sap/te24/catalog/page/catalog" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">Access the full session catalog of SAP TechEd Virtual 2024</A></STRONG></P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="CarineTchoutouo_0-1724072266436.png" style="width: 400px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/154153i9862EB2CA166B6DD/image-size/medium?v=v2&px=400" role="button" title="CarineTchoutouo_0-1724072266436.png" alt="CarineTchoutouo_0-1724072266436.png" /></span><BR /><BR /></P><H1 id="toc-hId-893025251"><FONT color="#0000FF">Keynotes</FONT></H1><P><STRONG><A href="https://www.sap.com/events/teched/virtual/flow/sap/te24/catalog/page/catalog/session/1723236414921001GwvX" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">KEY100CEST</A> & <A href="https://www.sap.com/events/teched/virtual/flow/sap/te24/catalog/page/catalog/session/1723503433936001SJ7h" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">KEY100EDT</A> | SAP TechEd in 2024 Launch - Where ideas get real</STRONG><BR /><FONT color="#000080">[Executive Keynote]</FONT> At SAP TechEd, experts, developers, IT leaders, and our SAP Community gather to learn, share, and build together. Hear firsthand from SAP Board Members Juergen Mueller and Muhammad Alam how innovations in SAP Build solutions, SAP Business AI, SAP BTP, and other solutions across our end-to-end portfolio are revolutionizing the tech world.´<BR /><U>Speakers</U>: <BR /> • Juergen Mueller, Chief Technology Officer, SAP<BR /> • Muhammad Alam, SAP Product Engineering, SAP<BR /><U>Schedule</U>: <BR /> • <span class="lia-unicode-emoji" title=":calendar:">📅</span> <SPAN>Tuesday, Oct 8 | </SPAN><span class="lia-unicode-emoji" title=":twelve_o_clock:">🕛</span><SPAN> 9:00 AM - 10:30 AM CEST [<A href="https://www.sap.com/events/teched/virtual/flow/sap/te24/catalog/page/catalog/session/1723236414921001GwvX" target="_self" rel="noopener noreferrer">KEY100CEST</A>]<BR /> • </SPAN><span class="lia-unicode-emoji" title=":calendar:">📅</span><SPAN> Tuesday, Oct 8 | </SPAN><span class="lia-unicode-emoji" title=":twelve_o_clock:">🕛</span><SPAN> 4:00 PM - 5:30 PM CEST [<A href="https://www.sap.com/events/teched/virtual/flow/sap/te24/catalog/page/catalog/session/1723503433936001SJ7h" target="_self" rel="noopener noreferrer">KEY100EDT</A>]</SPAN></P><P><STRONG><A href="https://www.sap.com/events/teched/virtual/flow/sap/te24/catalog/page/catalog/session/1723237330354001PDnG" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">DEV101A</A> & <A href="https://www.sap.com/events/teched/virtual/flow/sap/te24/catalog/page/catalog/session/1723583643244001gcRD" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">DEV101B</A> | Keynote recap + Community welcome</STRONG><BR /><FONT color="#000080">[Developer Keynote] </FONT>Join the Developer Advocates as they welcome the SAP Community to SAP TechEd, provide a short recap of the key announcements, and share insights into what it means for developers. <BR /><U>Speakers</U>: Developer Advocates, SAP <BR /><U>Schedule</U>: <BR /> • <span class="lia-unicode-emoji" title=":calendar:">📅</span><SPAN>Tuesday, Oct 8 | </SPAN><span class="lia-unicode-emoji" title=":twelve_o_clock:">🕛</span><SPAN> 10:30 AM - 10:55 AM CEST [<A href="https://www.sap.com/events/teched/virtual/flow/sap/te24/catalog/page/catalog/session/1723237330354001PDnG" target="_self" rel="noopener noreferrer">DEV101A</A>]<BR /> • </SPAN><span class="lia-unicode-emoji" title=":calendar:">📅</span><SPAN>Tuesday, Oct 8 | </SPAN><span class="lia-unicode-emoji" title=":twelve_o_clock:">🕛</span><SPAN> 5:30 PM - 5:55 PM CEST [<A href="https://www.sap.com/events/teched/virtual/flow/sap/te24/catalog/page/catalog/session/1723583643244001gcRD" target="_self" rel="noopener noreferrer">DEV101B</A>]</SPAN></P><P data-unlink="true"><STRONG><A href="https://www.sap.com/events/teched/virtual/flow/sap/te24/catalog/page/catalog/session/1723227572954001ZlyL" target="_self" rel="noopener noreferrer">DEV100A</A> & <A href="https://www.sap.com/events/teched/virtual/flow/sap/te24/catalog/page/catalog/session/1723584532995001g7Xm" target="_self" rel="noopener noreferrer">DEV100B</A> | Developer keynote [deconstructed]: Keeping the promise</STRONG><BR /><FONT color="#000080">[Developer Keynote Deconstructed] </FONT>Hear from the developer advocates for a quick injection of news, recaps, and deep-dive demos covering various announcements from the event as well as other fun stuff. <BR /><U>Speakers</U>: Developer Advocates, SAP <BR /><U>Schedule</U>: <BR /> • <span class="lia-unicode-emoji" title=":calendar:">📅</span><SPAN>Tuesday, Oct 8 | </SPAN><span class="lia-unicode-emoji" title=":twelve_o_clock:">🕛</span><SPAN>3:30 PM - 3:55 PM CEST [<A href="https://www.sap.com/events/teched/virtual/flow/sap/te24/catalog/page/catalog/session/1723227572954001ZlyL" target="_self" rel="noopener noreferrer">DEV100A</A>]<BR /> • </SPAN><span class="lia-unicode-emoji" title=":calendar:">📅</span><SPAN>Tuesday, Oct 8 | </SPAN><span class="lia-unicode-emoji" title=":twelve_o_clock:">🕛</span><SPAN>9:00 PM - 9:25 PM CEST [<A href="https://www.sap.com/events/teched/virtual/flow/sap/te24/catalog/page/catalog/session/1723584532995001g7Xm" target="_self" rel="noopener noreferrer">DEV100B</A>]<BR /><BR /></SPAN></P><H1 id="toc-hId-696511746"><FONT color="#0000FF">Track Overviews </FONT></H1><P><STRONG><A href="https://www.sap.com/events/teched/virtual/flow/sap/te24/catalog/page/catalog/session/1722007820912001eKHP" target="_self" rel="noopener noreferrer">AD100 – Unlock SAP Build and ABAP Cloud interoperability to elevate your extensions</A><BR /></STRONG><FONT color="#000080">[Track Overview, 45 min]</FONT> Discover a new approach to building extensions while keeping your core clean. Learn how SAP Build and ABAP Cloud interoperability work together to foster fusion development. Whether you prefer pro-code or low-code tools, discover how to seamlessly integrate them to build extensions tailored to your needs. Learn from experts about best practices, innovative solutions, and practical applications that can enhance your development processes and drive business growth. <BR /><U>Speakers</U>: Dr Alexander Rother (SAP), Thomas Volmering (SAP), Björn Schulz (REWE digital GmbH)<BR /><U>Schedule</U>: <span class="lia-unicode-emoji" title=":calendar:">📅</span> Tuesday, Oct 8 | <span class="lia-unicode-emoji" title=":twelve_o_clock:">🕛</span> 6:00 PM - 6:45 PM CEST</P><P><STRONG><A href="https://www.sap.com/events/teched/virtual/flow/sap/te24/catalog/page/catalog/session/1721792859465001Vn9t" target="_self" rel="noopener noreferrer">DT100 – Unlocking the intelligent enterprise: Cloud ERP innovations for the future</A><BR /></STRONG><FONT color="#000080">[Track Overview, 45 min]</FONT> Explore the future of cloud ERP, focusing on the latest innovations and strategies driving digital transformation. Delve into the technological backbone of SAP's vision for cloud ERP, covering in-app extensibility, integration with SAP Business Technology Platform, AI-powered automation, and the "suite-first" approach. Learn the benefits of a clean core and its role in enabling composability, empowering businesses to adapt and evolve, and get insights into this year’s cloud ERP track sessions.<BR /><U>Speakers</U>: Jan Gilg (SAP)<BR /><U>Schedule</U>: <span class="lia-unicode-emoji" title=":calendar:">📅</span> Tuesday, Oct 8 | <span class="lia-unicode-emoji" title=":twelve_o_clock:">🕛</span> 10:30 AM - 11:15 AM CEST<BR /><BR /></P><H1 id="toc-hId-499998241"><FONT color="#0000FF">Lectures</FONT></H1><P><STRONG><FONT color="#0000FF"><span class="lia-unicode-emoji" title=":calendar:">📅</span>Tuesday, Oct 8</FONT></STRONG></P><P><STRONG><A href="https://www.sap.com/events/teched/virtual/flow/sap/te24/catalog/page/catalog/session/1721791179884001rYRe" target="_self" rel="noopener noreferrer">AD105 – Enhance your fusion team collaboration with ABAP Cloud and SAP Build</A> </STRONG><STRONG><BR /></STRONG><FONT color="#000080">[Lecture, 25 min]</FONT> Learn how to take advantage of interoperability between SAP’s low-code and pro-code solutions. Discover how you can use the graphical modeler in the development environment of SAP Build Code for the ABAP Cloud development model and how your ABAP Cloud projects can be integrated into the lobby of SAP Build solutions. <BR /><U>Speakers</U>: Dr. Anne Keller (SAP), Tim Back (SAP)<BR /><U>Schedule</U>: <span class="lia-unicode-emoji" title=":calendar:">📅</span> Tuesday, Oct 8 | <span class="lia-unicode-emoji" title=":twelve_o_clock:">🕛</span> 7:00 PM - 7:25 PM CEST</P><P><A href="https://www.sap.com/events/teched/virtual/flow/sap/te24/catalog/page/catalog/session/1721791180078001r9wP" target="_self" rel="noopener noreferrer"><STRONG>AD107 – Boost your coding efficiency: Explore Joule’s ABAP Developer capabilities</STRONG></A><STRONG><BR /></STRONG><FONT color="#000080">[Lecture, 25 min]</FONT> Discover Joule's ABAP developer capabilities. Hear about detailed use cases, the generative AI road map, and insights on how these advancements can boost your productivity as a developer in your daily tasks. <BR /><U>Speakers</U>: Dr. Jasmin Gruschke (SAP), Sebastian Baskovich (SAP)<BR /><U>Schedule</U>: <span class="lia-unicode-emoji" title=":calendar:">📅</span> Tuesday, Oct 8 | <span class="lia-unicode-emoji" title=":twelve_o_clock:">🕛</span> 7:30 PM - 7:55 PM CEST</P><P><STRONG><FONT color="#0000FF"><span class="lia-unicode-emoji" title=":calendar:">📅</span>Wednesday, Oct 9</FONT></STRONG></P><P><A href="https://www.sap.com/events/teched/virtual/flow/sap/te24/catalog/page/catalog/session/1721791179982001rM76" target="_self" rel="noopener noreferrer"><STRONG>AD106 – Clean core extension of SAP S/4HANA with the latest ABAP Cloud features</STRONG></A><STRONG><BR /></STRONG><FONT color="#000080">[Lecture, 25 min]</FONT> ABAP Cloud is the comprehensive development model for building cloud-ready business applications, services, and extensions on both SAP Business Technology Platform, SAP S/4HANA Cloud, and SAP S/4HANA, helping ensure clean core compliance by definition. Learn about the latest features offered in ABAP Cloud and how generative AI can boost the development efficiency. <BR /><U>Speaker</U>: Volker Drees (SAP)<BR /><U>Schedule</U>: <span class="lia-unicode-emoji" title=":calendar:">📅</span> Wednesday, Oct 9 | <span class="lia-unicode-emoji" title=":twelve_o_clock:">🕛</span> 7:00 PM - 7:25 PM CEST</P><P><A href="https://www.sap.com/events/teched/virtual/flow/sap/te24/catalog/page/catalog/session/1721791179486001r363" target="_self" rel="noopener noreferrer"><STRONG>DT201 – Extensibility for SAP S/4HANA Cloud Public Edition</STRONG></A><STRONG><BR /></STRONG><FONT color="#000080">[Lecture, 25 min]</FONT> The extensibility portfolio for SAP S/4HANA Cloud Public Edition consist both on-stack and side-by-side extension techniques. In this lecture you will learn how on-stack key user extensibility can be used to develop a custom business object together with an application in SAP Build Apps. <BR /><U>Speaker</U>: Dr. Thomas Schneider (SAP), Alda Dollani (SAP)<BR /><U>Schedule</U>: <span class="lia-unicode-emoji" title=":calendar:">📅</span> Wednesday, Oct 9 | <span class="lia-unicode-emoji" title=":twelve_o_clock:">🕛</span> 2:30 PM - 2:55 PM CEST</P><P><STRONG><A href="https://www.sap.com/events/teched/virtual/flow/sap/te24/catalog/page/catalog/session/1721792860413001V4Ea" target="_self" rel="noopener noreferrer">DT200 – Clean Core Extensibility for SAP S/4HANA Cloud Private Edition</A><BR /></STRONG><FONT color="#000080">[Lecture, 25 min]</FONT> Learn how to manage your custom, on-stack extensions in SAP S/4HANA Cloud Private Edition with the ABAP Cloud development model following clean core principles. Find out about the new guidelines for clean core ABAP development in a well-known, three-tier extensibility model and how to handle transformation options for existing custom code to ABAP Cloud. Get an outlook of upcoming generative AI support and hear our plans for ABAP test cockpit to support governance of your clean core developments.<BR /><U>Speaker</U>: Olga Dolinskaja (SAP), Thomas Fiedler (SAP)<BR /><U>Schedule</U>: <span class="lia-unicode-emoji" title=":calendar:">📅</span> Wednesday, Oct 9 | <span class="lia-unicode-emoji" title=":twelve_o_clock:">🕛</span> 3:00 PM - 3:25 PM CEST<BR /><BR /></P><H1 id="toc-hId-303484736"><FONT color="#0000FF">Jump-Starts<BR /></FONT></H1><P><A href="https://www.sap.com/events/teched/virtual/flow/sap/te24/catalog/page/catalog/session/1722394882075001dE44" target="_self" rel="noopener noreferrer"><STRONG>AD180 – Build SAP Fiori Apps with ABAP Cloud powered by Joule's ABAP Developer capabilities</STRONG></A><STRONG><BR /></STRONG><FONT color="#000080">[Jump-Start, 25 min]</FONT> Learn how to develop transactional SAP Fiori apps in ABAP Cloud using the ABAP RESTful Application Programming Model supported by generative AI. You will also learn about features such as business events for loosely coupled integration scenarios and read-only treeviews for displaying hierarchical data. <BR />ABAP Cloud is the comprehensive development model for building clean core compliant apps, services, and extensions on SAP Business Technology Platform and SAP S/4HANA, in the cloud and on-premise. <BR /><U>Speaker</U>: Carine Tchoutouo Djomo (SAP)<BR /><U>Schedule</U>: <span class="lia-unicode-emoji" title=":calendar:">📅</span> Tuesday, Oct 8 | <span class="lia-unicode-emoji" title=":twelve_o_clock:">🕛</span> 7:30 PM - 7:55 PM CEST</P><P><A href="https://www.sap.com/events/teched/virtual/flow/sap/te24/catalog/page/catalog/session/1721792860609001VgRw" target="_self" rel="noopener noreferrer"><STRONG>DT280 – Building Clean Core Extensions with ABAP Cloud for SAP S/4HANA Cloud</STRONG></A><STRONG><BR /></STRONG><FONT color="#000080">[Jump-Start, 25 min]</FONT> Learn how to speed up the implementation of SAP S/4HANA Cloud extensions with ABAP Cloud using two new ABAP Development Tools (ADT) based generators for adding extension fields and for building custom UI services on top of business objects that have been released by SAP. <BR /><U>Speaker</U>: Andre Fischer (SAP)<BR /><U>Schedule</U>: <SPAN><span class="lia-unicode-emoji" title=":calendar:">📅</span> Wednesday, Oct 9 | <span class="lia-unicode-emoji" title=":twelve_o_clock:">🕛</span> 3:30 PM - 3:55 PM CEST</SPAN></P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="CarineTchoutouo_0-1724072266436.png" style="width: 400px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/154153i9862EB2CA166B6DD/image-size/medium?v=v2&px=400" role="button" title="CarineTchoutouo_0-1724072266436.png" alt="CarineTchoutouo_0-1724072266436.png" /></span></P><P>I hope this overview gives you a few more reasons to join us at SAP TechEd 2024.</P><P>We look forward to meeting and interacting with you virtually at SAP TechEd Virtual and in person at the local events in West Palm Beach (US), Melbourne (AUS), Copenhagen (DK), Birmingham (UK), and Wiesbaden (DE).</P><P>In the meantime, you can check out <A href="https://developers.sap.com/devtoberfest.html" target="_self" rel="noopener noreferrer">Devtoberfest by SAP TechEd 2024</A> and watch the replays of last year's events, <A href="https://community.sap.com/t5/technology-blogs-by-sap/abap-cloud-at-sap-teched-in-2023/ba-p/13579096" target="_blank">SAP TechEd Virtual in 2023</A> and <A href="https://community.sap.com/t5/technology-blogs-by-sap/abap-cloud-at-devtoberfest-2023/ba-p/13579737" target="_self">SAP's Devtoberfest in 2023</A>.</P><P>Stay tuned - and see you there! </P>2024-08-20T20:42:55.415000+02:00https://community.sap.com/t5/supply-chain-management-blogs-by-sap/sap-field-service-management-2408-generative-ai-enhanced-user-experience/ba-p/13798067SAP Field Service Management 2408: Generative AI, Enhanced User Experience, and Improved Integration2024-08-21T15:16:08.492000+02:00RyanJoneshttps://community.sap.com/t5/user/viewprofilepage/user-id/42310<P>SAP Field Service Management 2408 advances our strategic investment in generative AI for field service organizations. In addition, we introduced several new features designed to simplify user workflows, strengthen integration, and increase functionality. In this blog, you can find an overview of the most notable features, <STRONG>along with a demo video showcasing key highlights</STRONG>. For a complete list of all the features in the 2408 release, click <A href="https://help.sap.com/whats-new/sap-field-service-management?locale=en-US" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">here</A>. In this blog, I will highlight the key features that will significantly enhance how you manage field services, including:</P><UL><LI><STRONG>Generative AI</STRONG>: Activity Summary, Equipment Insights, and Natural Language Filtering.</LI><LI><STRONG>User Experience enhancements</STRONG>: Dispatching board, service contracts, filtering improvements, and more.</LI><LI><STRONG>Service Map</STRONG>: Enhanced filtering and object visualization improvements.</LI><LI><STRONG>Integration with SAP S/4HANA Cloud Public Edition</STRONG>: Business object replication across multiple companies.</LI><LI><STRONG>AI</STRONG>-<STRONG>based Scheduling improvements</STRONG>: New and enhanced rules/objectives; service regions; and supporting technicians.</LI></UL><P>Note: The Activity Summary, Equipment Insights, and Natural Language Filtering features require a customer to be licensed for SAP AI Units. For more information about licensing, please contact your SAP Account Executive. </P><P><FONT size="5"><STRONG>Generative AI </STRONG></FONT></P><P>In addition to simplifying workflows, generative AI in SAP Field Service Management makes it easier to unlock and benefit from valuable insights that were previously difficult to access. These enhanced workflows and actionable insights provide substantial value to field service organizations. According to SAP customer benchmarking, by utilizing these features, field service organizations can achieve (on average):</P><UL><LI>12.5% increase in dispatcher productivity.</LI><LI>5% improvement in first-time fix rates.</LI><LI>15% reduction in time to review and plan service requests.</LI></UL><P>Take a look at the demo video below showcasing our Generative AI highlights in 2408:<BR /><BR /></P><P><div class="video-embed-center video-embed"><iframe class="embedly-embed" src="https://cdn.embedly.com/widgets/media.html?src=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.youtube.com%2Fembed%2FQkx6icg3JHo%3Ffeature%3Doembed&display_name=YouTube&url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.youtube.com%2Fwatch%3Fv%3DQkx6icg3JHo&image=https%3A%2F%2Fi.ytimg.com%2Fvi%2FQkx6icg3JHo%2Fhqdefault.jpg&key=b0d40caa4f094c68be7c29880b16f56e&type=text%2Fhtml&schema=youtube" width="600" height="337" scrolling="no" title="Generative AI in SAP Field Service Management 2408" frameborder="0" allow="autoplay; fullscreen; encrypted-media; picture-in-picture;" allowfullscreen="true"></iframe></div></P><P><STRONG><BR /><FONT size="4">Activity Summary</FONT></STRONG></P><P>Activity Summary is an advanced AI feature that generates a detailed summary of previously performed activities. This summary offers dispatchers and technicians essential information, such as used spare parts, activity duration, completed checklists, and their outcomes. By leveraging this enhanced intelligence, technicians can achieve faster resolution times and improve first-time fix rates. Additionally, dispatchers can use these insights to make more informed decisions when assigning new tasks. Upon activity close, field service staff can also utilize the information in the activity summary to expedite the time to resolution and closing of work orders. For more information, click <A href="https://help.sap.com/docs/SAP_FIELD_SERVICE_MANAGEMENT/fsm_ai_functionalities/activity-insights.html" target="_self" rel="noopener noreferrer">here</A>.<BR /><BR /></P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="Generating an Activity Summary" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/153759i3D945A8C1A55891C/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="Activity Summary 2408.png" alt="Generating an Activity Summary" /><span class="lia-inline-image-caption" onclick="event.preventDefault();">Generating an Activity Summary</span></span></P><P><STRONG><BR /><FONT size="4">Natural Language Filtering: save and display used queries</FONT></STRONG></P><P>Natural Language Filtering now offers prompts for suggesting previously used queries when a user begins typing related searches. This boosts dispatcher productivity by allowing them to search and retrieve relevant activities more quickly. Additionally, reusing these prompted queries does not consume AI units, helping reduce costs for customers. For more information, see <A href="https://help.sap.com/docs/SAP_FIELD_SERVICE_MANAGEMENT/fsm_ai_functionalities/intelligent-filtering.html" target="_self" rel="noopener noreferrer">here</A>.<BR /><BR /></P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="Save and display used queries in Natural Language Filtering" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/153760iF62CEFA5BA92EDC8/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="Natural Language Filtering 2408.png" alt="Save and display used queries in Natural Language Filtering" /><span class="lia-inline-image-caption" onclick="event.preventDefault();">Save and display used queries in Natural Language Filtering</span></span></P><P><STRONG><BR /><FONT size="4">Equipment Insights: additional information with relevant links</FONT></STRONG></P><P>With the latest enhancements to Equipment Insights, users can now quickly navigate to linked detail pages about activities, personnel, and spare parts involved. This improvement boosts efficiency by centralizing all relevant information, simplifying workflows, and making it easier to retrieve additional details. For more information, see <A href="https://help.sap.com/docs/SAP_FIELD_SERVICE_MANAGEMENT/fsm_ai_functionalities/equipment-insights.html" target="_self" rel="noopener noreferrer">here</A>.<BR /><BR /></P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="Equipment Insights with additional information and relevant links included" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/153761iEA1843AC5056AC6A/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="Equipment Insights 2408.png" alt="Equipment Insights with additional information and relevant links included" /><span class="lia-inline-image-caption" onclick="event.preventDefault();">Equipment Insights with additional information and relevant links included</span></span></P><P><FONT size="5"><STRONG><BR />User Experience Enhancements</STRONG></FONT></P><P>SAP Field Service Management also features several key user experience highlights which are summarized below and in the demo video:</P><P><STRONG><div class="video-embed-center video-embed"><iframe class="embedly-embed" src="https://cdn.embedly.com/widgets/media.html?src=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.youtube.com%2Fembed%2Ff67esrchkGU%3Ffeature%3Doembed&display_name=YouTube&url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.youtube.com%2Fwatch%3Fv%3Df67esrchkGU&image=https%3A%2F%2Fi.ytimg.com%2Fvi%2Ff67esrchkGU%2Fhqdefault.jpg&key=b0d40caa4f094c68be7c29880b16f56e&type=text%2Fhtml&schema=youtube" width="600" height="337" scrolling="no" title="User Experience Improvements | SAP Field Service Management 2408 (+DEMOS)" frameborder="0" allow="autoplay; fullscreen; encrypted-media; picture-in-picture;" allowfullscreen="true"></iframe></div></STRONG><BR /><FONT size="4"><STRONG><BR />Dispatching Board</STRONG></FONT></P><P><STRONG><FONT size="4">Skill levels in best matching technician UI</FONT><BR /><BR /></STRONG>Now, within the best matching technician UI, dispatchers can easily visualize skill levels for specific tasks. This enhancement enables dispatchers to make more informed decisions when assigning jobs that require varying levels of skill proficiency. See more <A href="https://help.sap.com/docs/SAP_FIELD_SERVICE_MANAGEMENT/fsm_ai/using-best-matching-technician.html?locale=en-US&q=best%20matching%20technician%20skill%20level" target="_self" rel="noopener noreferrer">here</A>. <BR /><BR /></P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="Skill levels visible within the best matching technician UI" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/153763i662EA27B497403BF/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="Skill Levels 2408.png" alt="Skill levels visible within the best matching technician UI" /><span class="lia-inline-image-caption" onclick="event.preventDefault();">Skill levels visible within the best matching technician UI</span></span></P><P><STRONG><BR /><FONT size="4">Automatic calculation of travel time on plan or replan</FONT></STRONG></P><P>Travel time calculation is now automated when planning or replanning activities from the planning list to the board. Planners can also manually trigger travel time calculations for specific activities. This enhancement provides accurate travel time information based on the technician's or last activity location, improving planning accuracy and overall efficiency in managing a technician's day. Find out more <A href="https://help.sap.com/docs/SAP_FIELD_SERVICE_MANAGEMENT/fsm_preview_program/automatic-calculation-travel-time.html" target="_self" rel="noopener noreferrer">here</A>. <BR /><BR /></P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="Manually trigger calculation of travel time" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/153764i0191FC3C07E54D59/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="Travel Time Calculation 2408.png" alt="Manually trigger calculation of travel time" /><span class="lia-inline-image-caption" onclick="event.preventDefault();">Manually trigger calculation of travel time</span></span></P><P><STRONG><BR /><FONT size="4">Ability to zoom in and out on the dispatching board</FONT></STRONG></P><P>When working within specific timeframes, it can be difficult to view all the relevant details for certain activities on the schedule. To address this, we introduced the ability to zoom in and out on the planning board without losing sight of the broader schedule context. This enhancement provides planners with greater visibility to manage detailed information about specific activities, and increased flexibility when managing the planning horizon. More info <A href="https://help.sap.com/docs/SAP_FIELD_SERVICE_MANAGEMENT/fsm_preview_program/planning-horizon-zoom.html" target="_self" rel="noopener noreferrer">here</A>. <BR /><BR /></P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="Ability to zoom in and out on the dispatching board" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/153765i0983A6865AE4F3A8/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="Zoom 2408.png" alt="Ability to zoom in and out on the dispatching board" /><span class="lia-inline-image-caption" onclick="event.preventDefault();">Ability to zoom in and out on the dispatching board</span></span></P><P><STRONG><BR /><FONT size="4">Unassign multiple activities at once</FONT></STRONG></P><P>When there is a need to unassign multiple activities, especially those within a specific timeframe for a particular technician, planners currently must unassign each activity individually. To streamline workflows, we've implemented a bulk unassign feature. This enhancement simplifies the unassign process, and reduces time spent on unassigning multiple activities. See more <A href="https://help.sap.com/docs/SAP_FIELD_SERVICE_MANAGEMENT/fsm_plan_dispatch/mass-unassign.html" target="_self" rel="noopener noreferrer">here</A>. <BR /><BR /></P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="Unassign multiple activities at once" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/153732i2D458C27E683853F/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="Unassign 2408.png" alt="Unassign multiple activities at once" /><span class="lia-inline-image-caption" onclick="event.preventDefault();">Unassign multiple activities at once</span></span></P><P><STRONG><BR /><FONT size="4">New Activity Sidebar: Tools & Smartforms</FONT></STRONG></P><P>Enhanced capabilities in the Activity Sidebar now allow planners to manage tools and Smartforms directly. We also added the ability to configure the order and visibility of tabs, making it easier to manage key information within the sidebar. This enhancement provides an improved user experience by harmonizing planning processes and offering greater flexibility when using the activity sidebar. For more information, see <A href="https://help.sap.com/docs/SAP_FIELD_SERVICE_MANAGEMENT/fsm_plan_dispatch/new-activity-sidebar.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">here</A>.<BR /><BR /></P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="New Activity Sidebar: Tools and Smartforms Tab" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/153733iCD4957CB0AEC1E29/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="Side Bar 2408.png" alt="New Activity Sidebar: Tools and Smartforms Tab" /><span class="lia-inline-image-caption" onclick="event.preventDefault();">New Activity Sidebar: Tools and Smartforms Tab</span></span></P><P><STRONG><BR /><FONT size="4">Ability to select all matching filter results</FONT></STRONG></P><P>We improved the filtering functionality, allowing planners to select all matching results with a single click, instead of selecting them one by one. Additionally, a new setting lets you adjust the number of shown filter results. This enhancement increases productivity by supporting end-users in various situations, and reduces the time spent selecting matching filter results. Learn more <A href="https://help.sap.com/docs/SAP_FIELD_SERVICE_MANAGEMENT/fsm_plan_dispatch/basic-advanced-filters.html" target="_self" rel="noopener noreferrer">here</A>. <BR /><BR /></P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="Ability to select all matching filter results" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/153734i153189A919C6080F/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="Filters 2408.png" alt="Ability to select all matching filter results" /><span class="lia-inline-image-caption" onclick="event.preventDefault();">Ability to select all matching filter results</span></span></P><P><FONT size="4"><STRONG><BR />Master Data</STRONG></FONT></P><P><STRONG><FONT size="4">Improved UX with Service Contracts</FONT><BR /></STRONG></P><P>Service Contracts in Master Data have been improved to create a more user-friendly and intuitive experience. The enhanced layout improves readability and simplifies the management and organization of contract information, including custom fields. Explore more information <A href="https://help.sap.com/docs/SAP_FIELD_SERVICE_MANAGEMENT/fsm_preview_program/preview-program.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">here</A>.<BR /><BR /></P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="Improved user experience with service contracts" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/153735iF024D2E44197A1F0/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="Service Contracts 2408.png" alt="Improved user experience with service contracts" /><span class="lia-inline-image-caption" onclick="event.preventDefault();">Improved user experience with service contracts</span></span></P><P><FONT size="4"><STRONG><BR />Partner Portal</STRONG></FONT></P><P><FONT size="4"><STRONG>Better access to activity information with Modal UI</STRONG></FONT></P><P>Access to activity information has been improved in the Partner Portal. Partner Managers can now view work order data through the Modal UI view, with Crowd Owners ultimately controlling access via screen configuration. This enhancement allows Crowd Owners to enable features like viewing skills, attachments, extensions, and custom fields, according to business needs, offering improved consistency and greater flexibility in how partners access data. Discover more details <A href="https://help.sap.com/docs/SAP_FIELD_SERVICE_MANAGEMENT/fsm_crowd/crowd.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">here</A>.<BR /><BR /></P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="Modal View of Activity – In Preview" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/153736i25F2FEE216936BA9/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="Partner Portal 2408.png" alt="Modal View of Activity – In Preview" /><span class="lia-inline-image-caption" onclick="event.preventDefault();">Modal View of Activity – In Preview</span></span></P><P><FONT size="4"><STRONG><BR /><FONT size="5">Service Map</FONT></STRONG></FONT></P><P>2408 brings several enhancements to the Service Map, including the ability to save and configure default views, and control object visibility at different zoom levels. Check out the demo video below for more details:</P><P><STRONG><div class="video-embed-center video-embed"><iframe class="embedly-embed" src="https://cdn.embedly.com/widgets/media.html?src=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.youtube.com%2Fembed%2FbtVIYgsaz3Y%3Ffeature%3Doembed&display_name=YouTube&url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.youtube.com%2Fwatch%3Fv%3DbtVIYgsaz3Y&image=https%3A%2F%2Fi.ytimg.com%2Fvi%2FbtVIYgsaz3Y%2Fhqdefault.jpg&key=b0d40caa4f094c68be7c29880b16f56e&type=text%2Fhtml&schema=youtube" width="600" height="337" scrolling="no" title="Service Map Enhancements - SAP Field Service Management 2408" frameborder="0" allow="autoplay; fullscreen; encrypted-media; picture-in-picture;" allowfullscreen="true"></iframe></div></STRONG><STRONG><BR /><BR /><FONT size="4">Save filters as views on the Service Map</FONT></STRONG></P><P>When a large volume of objects is shown on the map, finding the right information without a saved view can be time-consuming and inefficient. To address this, dispatchers can now save selected filter sets as views, with an auto-save feature creating a last autosaved view. Views can also be set as default, enhancing usability by allowing dispatchers to quickly choose the appropriate view See more <A href="https://help.sap.com/docs/SAP_FIELD_SERVICE_MANAGEMENT/fsm_plan_dispatch/service-map-new.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">here</A>.<BR /><BR /></P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="Service Map - save filter as view" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/153737iAA2DC558D2D20DB9/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="Service Map Filtering 2408.png" alt="Service Map - save filter as view" /><span class="lia-inline-image-caption" onclick="event.preventDefault();">Service Map - save filter as view</span></span></P><P><STRONG><BR /><FONT size="4">Control object visibility with different zoom levels</FONT></STRONG></P><P>Now dispatchers can adjust the precision of objects by selecting the number of objects displayed at different zoom levels. This improvement boosts performance by optimizing the map display and helps provide flexibility to meet each customer's unique visualization needs. Check out more details <A href="https://help.sap.com/docs/SAP_FIELD_SERVICE_MANAGEMENT/fsm_plan_dispatch/service-map-new.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">here</A>.<BR /><BR /></P><P><STRONG><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="Service Map - adjust number of objects" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/153738i0B28592A73C0C24B/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="Number of Objects 2408.png" alt="Service Map - adjust number of objects" /><span class="lia-inline-image-caption" onclick="event.preventDefault();">Service Map - adjust number of objects</span></span></STRONG></P><P><FONT size="5"><STRONG><BR />Integration with SAP S/4HANA Cloud Public Edition</STRONG></FONT></P><P><FONT size="4"><STRONG>Enable business object replication across multiple companies from SAP S/4HANA Cloud, Public Edition</STRONG></FONT></P><P>For customers operating in multiple countries, integrating data from SAP S/4HANA Cloud Public Edition with SAP Field Service Management is now more efficient. Data can be mapped to specific companies in SAP Field Service Management using organizational assignments like Sales Area, Company Code, Purchasing Group, and Plants. Master and transactional data from SAP S/4HANA Cloud Public Edition, can be integrated into the respective SAP Field Service Management company based on assigned replication rules, with the ability to extend these mapping rules to custom fields. This enhancement simplifies data management in SAP Field Service Management, ensuring users have access to the correct data. See the complete details <A href="https://help.sap.com/docs/SAP_S4HANA_CLOUD/6ef7f849fed34f95adfc449f29835255/2122e26988184556b5409e6f2eddc5ec.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">here</A>.<BR /><BR /></P><P><div class="video-embed-center video-embed"><iframe class="embedly-embed" src="https://cdn.embedly.com/widgets/media.html?src=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.youtube.com%2Fembed%2FG-CUXn0XuS0%3Flist%3DPLs5htBIwERYV2HKane_yGxVJY7KNZZdLg%26start%3D1&display_name=YouTube&url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.youtube.com%2Fwatch%3Fv%3DG-CUXn0XuS0&image=https%3A%2F%2Fi.ytimg.com%2Fvi%2FG-CUXn0XuS0%2Fhqdefault.jpg&key=b0d40caa4f094c68be7c29880b16f56e&type=text%2Fhtml&schema=youtube" width="600" height="337" scrolling="no" title="Multi-company Integration with SAP S/4HANA Cloud Public Edition | SAP Field Service Management 2408" frameborder="0" allow="autoplay; fullscreen; encrypted-media; picture-in-picture;" allowfullscreen="true"></iframe></div></P><P><FONT size="5"><STRONG>AI-based Scheduling</STRONG></FONT></P><P><FONT size="4"><STRONG>Service Regions in Auto-Scheduling</STRONG></FONT></P><P>Service regions are now fully supported in custom policies with the introduction of three new rules:</P><OL><LI><STRONG>Enforce Service Region</STRONG>: Restricts technicians to activities within their designated service region.</LI><LI><STRONG>Job Has Service Region</STRONG>: Confirms if a job is associated with a service region.</LI><LI><STRONG>Resource Has Service Region</STRONG>: Confirms if a technician is assigned to a service region.</LI></OL><P>Service regions have also been added to the existing rule UDF - compare values. These enhancements reduce implementation effort by leveraging familiar concepts from manual scheduling and closing key feature gaps. More information <A href="https://help.sap.com/docs/SAP_FIELD_SERVICE_MANAGEMENT/fsm_ai/rules.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">here</A>.<BR /><BR /></P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="Service Regions in auto-scheduling" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/153741iB4F53732F1F741F6/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="Service Regions 2408.png" alt="Service Regions in auto-scheduling" /><span class="lia-inline-image-caption" onclick="event.preventDefault();">Service Regions in auto-scheduling</span></span></P><P><STRONG><BR /><FONT size="4">Support for multiple technicians in auto-scheduling</FONT></STRONG></P><P>In this release, we have introduced functionality that ensures a supporting technician's time is considered blocked during the auto-scheduling process, and it also allows for the re-optimization of assigned activities requiring one or more supporting technicians. These enhancements safeguard manually created schedules from being disrupted by automatic scheduling and enable seamless re-optimization of schedules involving supporting technicians. Read more <A href="https://help.sap.com/docs/SAP_FIELD_SERVICE_MANAGEMENT/fsm_ai/supporting-technicians-ai.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">here</A>.<BR /><BR /></P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="Supporting Technicians in auto-scheduling" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/153740i725533B495272DE5/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="Supporting Technicians 2408.png" alt="Supporting Technicians in auto-scheduling" /><span class="lia-inline-image-caption" onclick="event.preventDefault();">Supporting Technicians in auto-scheduling</span></span></P><P><FONT size="4"><STRONG><BR />Final Thoughts</STRONG></FONT></P><P>SAP Field Service Management 2408 strengthens the entire field service value chain. These enhancements enable field service organizations to unlock value through generative AI, simplify workflows with new feature functionality, and enhance company-wide integration. We invite you to explore these new capabilities, share your feedback, and help us shape the future of SAP Field Service Management by submitting your influence requests <A href="https://influence.sap.com/sap/ino/#/campaign/1608" target="_self" rel="noopener noreferrer">here</A>. Stay tuned for the 2411 release, where even <A href="https://roadmaps.sap.com/board?PRODUCT=73554900100800002022&range=CURRENT-LAST#Q3%202024" target="_self" rel="noopener noreferrer">more innovations</A> are on the way!</P><P><FONT size="4"><STRONG>Get in touch!</STRONG></FONT></P><P>Thoughts or questions? Feel free to share any feedback in a comment. It would also be great to hear directly from you which AI innovations you think could be the most impactful for future releases. For related posts and more information, please join our <A href="https://community.sap.com/topics/intelligent-asset-management/field-service-management" target="_blank">SAP Field Service Management</A> Community page and explore our <A href="https://www.sap.com/products/scm/field-service-management/features.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">SAP Field Service Management Website</A>. You can also watch the SAP Field Service Management 2408 Release Demo <A href="https://gateway.on24.com/wcc/eh/3582337/lp/4651257/sap-field-service-management-2408-release-demo" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow noreferrer">here</A>, and I encourage you to register for our upcoming webinars for the most up to date information by registering <A href="https://gateway.on24.com/wcc/eh/3582337/category/98393/intelligent-asset-management?filters=26162" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow noreferrer">here</A>. </P>2024-08-21T15:16:08.492000+02:00https://community.sap.com/t5/technology-blogs-by-sap/how-to-perform-mass-upload-from-an-excel-file-in-a-fiori-app-in-sap-btp/ba-p/13800792How to perform mass upload from an Excel file in a FIORI App in SAP BTP ABAP Environment - Part 22024-08-21T16:06:02.643000+02:00DebrajManna87https://community.sap.com/t5/user/viewprofilepage/user-id/787851<H2 id="toc-hId-1043262682">Introduction</H2><P><SPAN>In continuation to my previous blog post (<A class="" href="https://community.sap.com/t5/technology-blogs-by-sap/how-to-perform-mass-upload-from-an-excel-file-in-a-fiori-app-in-sap-btp/ba-p/13785946" target="_blank">How to perform mass upload from an Excel file in a FIORI App in SAP BTP ABAP Environment - Part 1</A></SPAN><SPAN>), in this blog post, I will showcase an easy way to extend a FIORI Elements-based OData V4 application in Business Application Studio (BAS) to add a custom action on the responsive table header of the list report page. This custom action will allow the user to open a dialog to browse local files and upload an Excel file. </SPAN><BR /><BR /><SPAN>In this blog post, I will be creating a Fiori Elements-based application using the tools provided in SAP Business Application Studio (BAS) and will be extending generated apps using App Extensions to trigger OData V4 operations (in this example, RAP Static Action '<STRONG>fileUpload</STRONG>' to upload an Excel file and RAP Static Function '<STRONG>downloadFile</STRONG>' to download an Excel template).</SPAN></P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="DebrajManna87_0-1724222562064.png" style="width: 494px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/155159i19F3BAA9944DA406/image-dimensions/494x41?v=v2" width="494" height="41" role="button" title="DebrajManna87_0-1724222562064.png" alt="DebrajManna87_0-1724222562064.png" /></span></P><H2 id="toc-hId-846749177">Prerequisites</H2><UL class="lia-list-style-type-disc"><LI>SAP Business Application Studio (BAS) subscription and developer role in your respective BTP Subaccount.</LI><LI>Basic knowledge of performing App Extensions to extend generated FIORI Elements based apps.</LI><LI>Basic UI5 skill.</LI><LI>Use of <A href="http://sap.ui.unified.fileuploader/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow noopener noreferrer">File Uploader</A> control.</LI></UL><H2 id="toc-hId-650235672">Basic of OData V4 Operation</H2><P><STRONG>Function - </STRONG>Functions are operations exposed by an OData service that don't have side effects. Functions must return data and can include additional path segments. Functions are invoked using HTTP method GET.</P><P><STRONG>Action - </STRONG>Actions are operation exposed by an OData service that can have side effects. Actions can return data but must not be composed with additional path segments. Actions are invoked using HTTP method POST.</P><P><STRONG>Operation - </STRONG>Both <SPAN>Functions and Actions are operations that can return data. Operations are either </SPAN><STRONG><SPAN class="">bound</SPAN></STRONG><SPAN> to a resource (for example, an entity type), that makes them members of that instance type. Operations can also be </SPAN><STRONG><SPAN class="">unbound</SPAN></STRONG><SPAN>. Unbound operations are called as static operations (using “action imports” or “function imports”) since a static (unbound) operation can't be called directly.</SPAN></P><P><SPAN>The OData V4 model supports OData operations (<STRONG>Action Import</STRONG></SPAN><SPAN>, <STRONG>Function Import</STRONG></SPAN><SPAN>, <STRONG>Bound Actions</STRONG></SPAN><SPAN> and <STRONG>Bound Functions)</STRONG>.</SPAN></P><H2 id="toc-hId-453722167">RAP - Non-Standard Operations</H2><P>Non-standard operations are RAP BO Operations that provide transactional behavior and that are user defined and implemented. There are two kinds of non-standard operations.</P><OL><LI><STRONG>Action: </STRONG>User-implemented operations that change the data of a BO instance. <SPAN>They are self-implemented operations. </SPAN><SPAN>Two main categories of actions can be implemented in RAP:</SPAN><OL class="lia-list-style-type-lower-alpha"><LI><P><STRONG>Non-factory actions</STRONG>: Defines a RAP action which offers non-standard behavior. The custom logic must be implemented in the RAP handler method<SPAN> </SPAN>FOR MODIFY. An action per default relates to a RAP BO entity instance and changes the state of the instance. An action is related to an instance by default. If the optional keyword<SPAN> </SPAN>static<SPAN> </SPAN>is used, the action is defined as static action. Static actions are not bound to any instance of a RAP BO entity but relate to the complete entity.</P></LI><LI><P><STRONG>Factory actions</STRONG>: Factory actions are used to create RAP BO entity instances. Factory actions can be instance-bound (default) or static. Instance-bound factory actions can copy specific values of an instance. Static factory actions can be used to create instances with<SPAN> </SPAN>prefilled<SPAN> </SPAN>default values.</P></LI></OL></LI><LI><STRONG>Function: </STRONG>User-implemented operations that return data without any side effects.<OL class="lia-list-style-type-lower-alpha"><LI><STRONG>Instance Function: </STRONG>Bound to an instance of a RAP BO Entity which can have input parameters.</LI><LI><STRONG>Static Function: </STRONG>Not bound to any instance of a RAP BO Entity but relate to the complete entity. It can also have input parameters.</LI></OL></LI></OL><H2 id="toc-hId-257208662">Can we create unbound OData V4 operations "Action Import" or "Function Import" in RAP?</H2><P>At this moment, we cannot implement unbound function and action in RAP. Both the static action and functions are related to the complete entity. But it is supported in CAP.</P><P>Code sample:</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="DebrajManna87_0-1724239190468.png" style="width: 447px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/155382iC6767733FC2AC0BC/image-dimensions/447x231?v=v2" width="447" height="231" role="button" title="DebrajManna87_0-1724239190468.png" alt="DebrajManna87_0-1724239190468.png" /></span></P><H2 id="toc-hId-60695157">How RAP Static Action and Functions are related to the complete entity?</H2><P>Let's understand from the metadata itself.</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="DebrajManna87_0-1724239643067.png" style="width: 564px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/155383i77C1447D76898F9C/image-dimensions/564x103?v=v2" width="564" height="103" role="button" title="DebrajManna87_0-1724239643067.png" alt="DebrajManna87_0-1724239643067.png" /></span></P><P>It is bound to the complete entity and with the collection of the entity. </P><H2 id="toc-hId--135818348">Let's begin</H2><P><SPAN>For the interest of time and topic, I am not showing all the basic steps to create a FIORI Elements based application in BAS. There are multiple blog posts and SAP Learning materials available to refer. I will directly jump to perform app extension.</SPAN></P><P><SPAN>We will be using the Fiori Guided Development tool to add a custom action to a page using extension and will be using the page map to perform List Report page controller extension.</SPAN></P><P><SPAN><STRONG>Note:</STRONG> When you use the Fiori Guided Development tool to add a custom action in OData V4 based app, the framework automatically adds a custom action handler function in JavaScript creating a new custom JS file but does not perform controller extension. This is the way OData V4 app extension behaves which adds a "<STRONG>controlConfiguration" </STRONG>in the target page.</SPAN></P><H5 id="toc-hId-54916304"><U>Custom Action in the Table toolbar for the list report in OData V2 vs OData V4:</U></H5><P>OData V2:</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="DebrajManna87_0-1724150820072.png" style="width: 496px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/154611i85DBCF2BC762D7FB/image-dimensions/496x273?v=v2" width="496" height="273" role="button" title="DebrajManna87_0-1724150820072.png" alt="DebrajManna87_0-1724150820072.png" /></span></P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="DebrajManna87_1-1724150863600.png" style="width: 497px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/154612iD8713DD84EF1380B/image-dimensions/497x214?v=v2" width="497" height="214" role="button" title="DebrajManna87_1-1724150863600.png" alt="DebrajManna87_1-1724150863600.png" /></span></P><P>OData V4:</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="DebrajManna87_4-1724151533581.png" style="width: 453px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/154623i1497BCD8A700F154/image-dimensions/453x265?v=v2" width="453" height="265" role="button" title="DebrajManna87_4-1724151533581.png" alt="DebrajManna87_4-1724151533581.png" /></span></P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="DebrajManna87_5-1724151752387.png" style="width: 524px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/154626iFB43045EC266F2CF/image-dimensions/524x173?v=v2" width="524" height="173" role="button" title="DebrajManna87_5-1724151752387.png" alt="DebrajManna87_5-1724151752387.png" /></span></P><H6 id="toc-hId--12514482">Further Reference: <A title="Adding Custom Actions Using Extension Points" href="https://sapui5.hana.ondemand.com/#/topic/7619517a92414e27b71f02094bd08d06" target="_self" rel="nofollow noopener noreferrer">Adding Custom Actions Using Extension Points</A> </H6><H5 id="toc-hId--338110706">But why do we need a controller extension? Can't we use the custom action handler function created automatically by the Guided Development tool in an OData V4 app?</H5><P><SPAN>We need to create a controller extension in an OData V4 app explicitly to use the SAP FIORI Elements extension API to open a dialog using the </SPAN><STRONG><SPAN>'loadFragement'</SPAN></STRONG> <SPAN>function;</SPAN><SPAN> to perform OData operations </SPAN><SPAN>and</SPAN><SPAN> to use Edit Flow (A controller extension offering hooks into the edit flow of the application) to invoke action and perform secured execution. Otherwise, within the custom JS file, we won't get the model reference to trigger the OData operation (here </SPAN><SPAN>RAP</SPAN><SPAN> Static Action and Static Function).</SPAN></P><P>So, we will start by adding a custom action to the table toolbar using the FIORI Guided Development tool.</P><P><STRONG>Step 1: </STRONG>Right click on the 'webapp' folder and select 'Open Guided Development'</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="DebrajManna87_6-1724152137317.png" style="width: 353px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/154634i4A97AC07021D3640/image-dimensions/353x502?v=v2" width="353" height="502" role="button" title="DebrajManna87_6-1724152137317.png" alt="DebrajManna87_6-1724152137317.png" /></span></P><P><STRONG>Step 2: </STRONG>Select 'Add a custom action to a page using extensions'.</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="DebrajManna87_7-1724152282205.png" style="width: 457px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/154636i45421CA807AACB3A/image-dimensions/457x303?v=v2" width="457" height="303" role="button" title="DebrajManna87_7-1724152282205.png" alt="DebrajManna87_7-1724152282205.png" /></span></P><P><STRONG>Step 3: </STRONG>Follow the guide and select the page and choose a custom controller and function name.</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="DebrajManna87_8-1724155598271.png" style="width: 578px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/154664iE60565DD21A7B1D8/image-dimensions/578x227?v=v2" width="578" height="227" role="button" title="DebrajManna87_8-1724155598271.png" alt="DebrajManna87_8-1724155598271.png" /></span></P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="DebrajManna87_9-1724155793816.png" style="width: 550px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/154665i53B7CFFD124166F4/image-dimensions/550x182?v=v2" width="550" height="182" role="button" title="DebrajManna87_9-1724155793816.png" alt="DebrajManna87_9-1724155793816.png" /></span></P><P>Following code snippets to be inserted.</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="DebrajManna87_10-1724155865275.png" style="width: 479px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/154666iCE5A33D252795EBD/image-dimensions/479x182?v=v2" width="479" height="182" role="button" title="DebrajManna87_10-1724155865275.png" alt="DebrajManna87_10-1724155865275.png" /></span></P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="DebrajManna87_11-1724155902305.png" style="width: 476px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/154667iD63C8D4E26EDB1CA/image-dimensions/476x125?v=v2" width="476" height="125" role="button" title="DebrajManna87_11-1724155902305.png" alt="DebrajManna87_11-1724155902305.png" /></span></P><P>Go ahead and insert snippets. This will modify the manifest settings and create custom JS file.</P><P><STRONG>Step 4: </STRONG>But we need to perform controller extension. So, the custom JS file can be deleted. </P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="DebrajManna87_12-1724156075266.png" style="width: 347px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/154670i8A6894E7685073C2/image-dimensions/347x469?v=v2" width="347" height="469" role="button" title="DebrajManna87_12-1724156075266.png" alt="DebrajManna87_12-1724156075266.png" /></span></P><P><STRONG>Step 5: </STRONG>Now, we will perform the List report controller extension using the page map. So, right click on 'webapp' folder and select 'Show Page Map'.</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="DebrajManna87_13-1724156166558.png" style="width: 372px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/154672i7ADA73DA106AD03F/image-dimensions/372x504?v=v2" width="372" height="504" role="button" title="DebrajManna87_13-1724156166558.png" alt="DebrajManna87_13-1724156166558.png" /></span></P><P><STRONG>Step 6: </STRONG>From the page map, select the List Report page and click on 'Show controller extension'. After that, click on 'Add Controller Extension' to create controller extension on the list report page.</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="DebrajManna87_14-1724156338035.png" style="width: 445px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/154675iCB5CBA92EB3C4B4E/image-dimensions/445x329?v=v2" width="445" height="329" role="button" title="DebrajManna87_14-1724156338035.png" alt="DebrajManna87_14-1724156338035.png" /></span></P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="DebrajManna87_15-1724156464416.png" style="width: 516px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/154677iBB6816A52F6AA308/image-dimensions/516x213?v=v2" width="516" height="213" role="button" title="DebrajManna87_15-1724156464416.png" alt="DebrajManna87_15-1724156464416.png" /></span></P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="DebrajManna87_16-1724156486870.png" style="width: 537px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/154678i70FAF84D761E9D71/image-dimensions/537x390?v=v2" width="537" height="390" role="button" title="DebrajManna87_16-1724156486870.png" alt="DebrajManna87_16-1724156486870.png" /></span></P><P><STRONG>Note: </STRONG>It is advisable to perform controller extensions for the concerned page rather than performing a generic extension for all the list report pages. Here, '<STRONG>VendorEmailList'</STRONG> is the target list report page. So, I selected that option.</P><P><STRONG>Step 7:</STRONG> Now, we can navigate to the controller extension using 'Edit in source code' button and add custom logic.</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="DebrajManna87_17-1724156881003.png" style="width: 642px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/154682i4AD45DA208537BF1/image-dimensions/642x159?v=v2" width="642" height="159" role="button" title="DebrajManna87_17-1724156881003.png" alt="DebrajManna87_17-1724156881003.png" /></span></P><P>This the way the controller extension looks.</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="DebrajManna87_18-1724156969193.png" style="width: 553px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/154684i934CB01C6FCED067/image-dimensions/553x221?v=v2" width="553" height="221" role="button" title="DebrajManna87_18-1724156969193.png" alt="DebrajManna87_18-1724156969193.png" /></span></P><P>Let us add a custom handler function '<STRONG>uploadMailDialog' </STRONG>to handle the custom action.</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="DebrajManna87_19-1724157107032.png" style="width: 584px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/154685i36661938B8B667A6/image-dimensions/584x235?v=v2" width="584" height="235" role="button" title="DebrajManna87_19-1724157107032.png" alt="DebrajManna87_19-1724157107032.png" /></span></P><P>After the controller extension, the following changes applied to the manifest.json file. It signifies a controller extension added to the list report controller.</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="DebrajManna87_20-1724157406698.png" style="width: 592px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/154688i886D1E7F4E5A6BAC/image-dimensions/592x110?v=v2" width="592" height="110" role="button" title="DebrajManna87_20-1724157406698.png" alt="DebrajManna87_20-1724157406698.png" /></span></P><P><STRONG>Step 8: </STRONG>Now, we need to tweak the manifest settings in such a way that the custom action triggers the custom handler function '<STRONG>uploadMailDialog' </STRONG>added to the controller extension.</P><P>We need to add the custom action path adding '<STRONG>.extension</STRONG>'<STRONG> </STRONG>as a prefix. '<STRONG>.extension' </STRONG>refers to the controller extension.</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="DebrajManna87_21-1724157640087.png" style="width: 532px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/154695i4B50B8F0D0D2FD59/image-dimensions/532x164?v=v2" width="532" height="164" role="button" title="DebrajManna87_21-1724157640087.png" alt="DebrajManna87_21-1724157640087.png" /></span></P><P><STRONG>Step 9: </STRONG>Now, if we preview the application and click on the custom action button, it will trigger the controller extension.</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="DebrajManna87_0-1724158710536.png" style="width: 654px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/154709iBFC6ACCD5EC74527/image-dimensions/654x224?v=v2" width="654" height="224" role="button" title="DebrajManna87_0-1724158710536.png" alt="DebrajManna87_0-1724158710536.png" /></span></P><P><STRONG>Step 10: </STRONG>Let us now add a fragment to open the file dialog. So, we will use 'fileUploader' control. I created a fragment folder inside the 'ext' folder and added a new xml file 'uploadFileDialog.fragement.xml'.</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="DebrajManna87_1-1724158955749.png" style="width: 632px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/154716i56A04983D3F2F505/image-dimensions/632x217?v=v2" width="632" height="217" role="button" title="DebrajManna87_1-1724158955749.png" alt="DebrajManna87_1-1724158955749.png" /></span></P><P>Following is the sample code snippet.</P><P> </P><P> </P><pre class="lia-code-sample language-markup"><code><core:FragmentDefinition xmlns:core="sap.ui.core" xmlns:f="sap.ui.layout.form" xmlns:u="sap.ui.unified" xmlns="sap.m"
xmlns:layout="sap.ui.layout">
<Dialog id="idFileDialog" title="{i18n>uploadVendorMailDialogTitle}" >
<VBox id="idVBox" width="100%">
<core:InvisibleText id="idInvisibleText" text="{i18n>uploadVendorMailDialogTitle}"/>
<f:SimpleForm id="idSimpleForm" editable="true" layout="ResponsiveGridLayout" maxContainerCols="2">
<f:content>
<Label id="idFileUploadlabel" required="true" text="{i18n>uploadVendorMailFile}"/>
<u:FileUploader id="idFileUpload" name="internalMailFileUpload" change="onFileChange" width="100%"
uploadComplete="onUploadComplete" style="Emphasized" fileType="xls,xlsx" placeholder="{i18n>uploadVendorMailPlaceholder}"
tooltip="{i18n>uploadVendorMailTooolTip}" sendXHR="false" />
</f:content>
</f:SimpleForm>
</VBox>
<footer>
<Toolbar id="idFooterToolbar">
<content>
<Button id="idDownloadTempButton" text="{i18n>downloadTempButtonTxt}" press="onTempDownload" icon= "sap-icon://download-from-cloud" />
<Button id="idUploadButton" text="{i18n>uploadButtonTxt}" type="Emphasized" press="onUploadPress" icon="sap-icon://upload-to-cloud" />
<Button id="idCancelButton" text="{i18n>cancelButtonTxt}" press="onCancelPress" icon="sap-icon://cancel"/>
</content>
</Toolbar>
</footer>
</Dialog>
</core:FragmentDefinition></code></pre><P> </P><P> </P><P>Now, add the logic to open the dialog on click of the action similar to the code snippet mentioned below.</P><P> </P><P> </P><pre class="lia-code-sample language-javascript"><code> uploadMailDialog: function (oEvent) {
this.base.getExtensionAPI().loadFragment({
name: Constants.fragmentName,
type: "XML",
controller: this
}).then(function (oDialogResult) {
oDialog = oDialogResult;
oDialogResult.open();
})
},</code></pre><P> </P><P> </P><P>Now, in application preview the app looks like below.</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="DebrajManna87_2-1724159610982.png" style="width: 512px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/154724iACD4F7DDD34C915C/image-dimensions/512x133?v=v2" width="512" height="133" role="button" title="DebrajManna87_2-1724159610982.png" alt="DebrajManna87_2-1724159610982.png" /></span></P><P><STRONG>Step 11: </STRONG>So, till now, on click of the action 'Upload', a dialog will open up asking the user to upload a file. The button 'Template' will allow users to download an Excel template, and the button 'Upload' will allow users to upload the given file.</P><P>Let us add logic to read the file content, mimetype and filename of the given file. I used '<STRONG>onFileChange</STRONG>' event of the File uploader control as highlighted below.</P><P> </P><P> </P><pre class="lia-code-sample language-javascript"><code> // On File Change
onFileChange: function (oEvent) {
// Read file
var file = oEvent.getParameter("files")[0];
if (file === undefined) {
return;
}
fileType = file.type; //mimetype or file type
fileName = file.name;
//Instantiate JavaScript FileReader API
var fileReader = new FileReader();
//Read file content using JavaScript FileReader API
var readFile = function onReadFile(file) {
return new Promise(function (resolve) {
fileReader.onload = function (loadEvent) {
resolve(loadEvent.target.result.match(/,(.*)$/)[1]);
};
fileReader.readAsDataURL(file);
});
};
new Action(readFile(file)).executeWithBusyIndicator().then(function (result) {
fileContent = result;
})
},</code></pre><P> </P><P> </P><P>Here, I used JS FileReader API to read the file content as data URL and later used RegEx to clean the base64 encoded file content. </P><P><STRONG>Step 12: </STRONG>Now, implement the logic to upload a file once the 'upload' button is clicked.</P><P> </P><P> </P><pre class="lia-code-sample language-javascript"><code> //perform upload
onUploadPress: function (oEvent) {
var oResourceBundle = this.base.getView().getModel("i18n").getResourceBundle();
//check file has been entered
if (fileContent === undefined || fileContent === "") {
MessageToast.show(oResourceBundle.getText("uploadFileErrMsg"));
return;
}
var oModel = this.base.getExtensionAPI().getModel();
var oOperation = oModel.bindContext("/VendorEmail" + Constants.serviceNamespace + "fileUpload(...)");
var fnSuccess = function () {
oModel.refresh();
MessageToast.show(oResourceBundle.getText("uploadFileSuccMsg"));
oDialog.close();
//Clear the file name from file uploader
sap.ui.getCore().byId("idFileUpload").clear();
oDialog.destroy();
fileContent = undefined;
}.bind(this);
var fnError = function (oError) {
this.base.editFlow.securedExecution(
function () {
Messaging.addMessages(
new sap.ui.core.message.Message({
message: oError.message,
target: "",
persistent: true,
type: sap.ui.core.MessageType.Error,
code: oError.error.code
})
);
var aErrorDetail = oError.error.details;
aErrorDetail.forEach((error) => {
Messaging.addMessages(
new sap.ui.core.message.Message({
message: error.message,
target: "",
persistent: true,
type: sap.ui.core.MessageType.Error,
code: error.code
})
);
})
}
);
oDialog.close();
//Clear the file name from file uploader
sap.ui.getCore().byId("idFileUpload").clear();
oDialog.destroy();
fileContent = undefined;
}.bind(this);
oOperation.setParameter("mimeType", fileType);
oOperation.setParameter("fileName", fileName);
oOperation.setParameter("fileContent", fileContent);
oOperation.setParameter("process", sProcess);
oOperation.execute().then(fnSuccess, fnError);
},</code></pre><P> </P><P> </P><P>Here, I triggered OData V4 operation a bound action (RAP 'fileUpload' Static Action) passing File Type, File Name and File Content as parameters.</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="DebrajManna87_3-1724162905279.png" style="width: 400px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/154787iDDAC9A3EE1246DC6/image-size/medium?v=v2&px=400" role="button" title="DebrajManna87_3-1724162905279.png" alt="DebrajManna87_3-1724162905279.png" /></span></P><P>Earlier, I already explained that a RAP Static Action or Function is bound to a collection specified by an OData entity set. So, to call such actions or functions, you <SPAN>can create a context binding with an absolute path, or with a relative path for the operation (for example </SPAN>odata.srv.name.space.staticMyAction(...)"<SPAN>) and the header context of a list binding as parent context. The following sample shows a button press event handler which calls the </SPAN>static MyAction<SPAN> action on the </SPAN>MyEntity<SPAN> entity set.</SPAN></P><P> </P><pre class="lia-code-sample language-javascript"><code>var oModel = this.getView().getModel();
oModel.bindContext("/MyEntity/odata.srv.name.space.staticMyAction(...)").invoke();</code></pre><P> </P><P><SPAN>The same example with a relative binding and the header context of the list binding as parent context:</SPAN></P><P> </P><pre class="lia-code-sample language-abap"><code>var oModel = this.getView().getModel(),
// assume there is a table with ID "idMyEntityTab" and its items aggregation bound to "/MyEntity"
oListBinding = this.byId("idMyEntityTab").getBinding("items"),
oHeaderContext = oListBinding.getHeaderContext();
oModel.bindContext("name.space.staticMyAction(...)", oHeaderContext).invoke();</code></pre><P> </P><P><STRONG>Note: </STRONG>In my code sample, I am using "execute" function of the OData V4 Context binding. But, from UI5 version 1.123.0 onwards, "execute" function is deprecated. So, use "invoke" function instead as shown in the example. Simply, replace "execute' function with "invoke".</P><P> </P><pre class="lia-code-sample language-javascript"><code> oOperation.setParameter("mimeType", fileType);
oOperation.setParameter("fileName", fileName);
oOperation.setParameter("fileContent", fileContent);
oOperation.setParameter("process", sProcess);
oOperation.invoke().then(fnSuccess, fnError);</code></pre><P> </P><P>Reference: <A href="https://sapui5.hana.ondemand.com/#/api/sap.ui.model.odata.v4.ODataContextBinding%23methods/execute" target="_self" rel="nofollow noopener noreferrer">Execute function of OData V4 Context Binding API</A> </P><P>Alternatively, you can also use the "invokeAction" method of the Edit Flow API ( <A title="Edit Flow API" href="https://sapui5.hana.ondemand.com/#/api/sap.fe.core.controllerextensions.EditFlow%23methods" target="_self" rel="nofollow noopener noreferrer">Edit Flow API</A> ). However, I found the above approach to be the preferred choice.</P><P>Reference: <A title="How to call RAP static action from elements FPM extension with EditFlow.invokeAction()?" href="https://community.sap.com/t5/technology-q-a/how-to-call-rap-static-action-from-elements-fpm-extension-with-editflow/qaq-p/13671086" target="_self">How to call RAP static action from elements FPM extension with EditFlow.invokeAction()?</A> </P><P>After this step when you will execute the 'upload' action selecting an Excel file to upload, the RAP static action 'fileUpload' will trigger and the XCO XLSX module will do the rest to parse the file content and create/update BO entity instances as explained in my previous blog post.</P><P><STRONG>Step 13: </STRONG>Similar to the file upload, the excel template can also be downloaded invoking RAP static function 'downloadFile'.</P><P>Sample code snippet:</P><P> </P><pre class="lia-code-sample language-javascript"><code>onTempDownload: function (oEvent) {
var oModel = this.base.getExtensionAPI().getModel(),
oResourceBundle = this.base.getView().getModel("i18n").getResourceBundle();
var oModel = this.base.getExtensionAPI().getModel(),
oResourceBundle = this.base.getView().getModel("i18n").getResourceBundle();
var oOperation = oModel.bindContext("/VendorEmail" + Constants.serviceNamespace + "downloadFile(...)");
//Success function to display success messages from OData Operation
var fnSuccess = function () {
var oResults = oOperation.getBoundContext().getObject();
var aUint8Array = Uint8Array.from(atob(oResults.fileContent), c => c.charCodeAt(0)),
oblob = new Blob([aUint8Array], { type: oResults.mimeType });
File.save(oblob, oResults.fileName, oResults.fileExtension, oResults.mimeType);
MessageToast.show(oResourceBundle.getText("downloadTempSuccMsg"));
}.bind(this);
//Error function to display error messages from OData Operation
var fnError = function () {
this.base.editFlow.securedExecution(
function () {
Messaging.addMessages(
new sap.ui.core.message.Message({
message: oError.message,
target: "",
persistent: true,
type: sap.ui.core.MessageType.Error,
code: oError.error.code
})
);
var aErrorDetail = oError.error.details;
aErrorDetail.forEach((error) => {
Messaging.addMessages(
new sap.ui.core.message.Message({
message: error.message,
target: "",
persistent: true,
type: sap.ui.core.MessageType.Error,
code: error.code
})
);
})
}
);
}.bind(this);
// Execute OData V4 operation i.e a static function 'downloadFile' to download the excel template
oOperation.execute().then(fnSuccess, fnError)
// From UI5 version 1.123.0 onwards use invoke function
//oOperation.invoke().then(fnSuccess, fnError);</code></pre><P> </P><P>Please stay tuned for the next blog post where I will explain how I used the XCO XLSX module to create an Excel template and dynamically handled the column names based on the template structure defined in the backend and populated the text maintained in the data elements. This will enable them to read the translated texts as well. The translation process is different in ABAP Cloud; hence, the traditional approach does not work.</P><P> </P><P> </P><P> </P><P> </P><P> </P><P> </P><P> </P><P> </P><P> </P><P> </P><P> </P><P> </P><P> </P><P> </P><P> </P><P> </P><P> </P><P> </P><P> </P><P> </P><P> </P><P> </P><P> </P>2024-08-21T16:06:02.643000+02:00https://community.sap.com/t5/financial-management-blogs-by-sap/electronic-invoices-for-malaysia-a-guide-for-communication-settings/ba-p/13794201Electronic Invoices for Malaysia: A Guide for Communication Settings2024-08-22T07:23:21.554000+02:00AliceKanghttps://community.sap.com/t5/user/viewprofilepage/user-id/1481557<P>You are in the process of implementing electronic invoices for Malaysia. One of the key implementation activities is to integrate your business system (for example, SAP S/4HANA Cloud) with SAP Document and Reporting Compliance, cloud edition. The cloud edition acts as a bridge between your business system and the Inland Revenue Board of Malaysia (IRBM), the tax authorities in Malaysia. Among other settings, you must configure communication settings in the <STRONG>Manage Communication Settings - External Parties</STRONG> app in the cloud edition to connect to the IRBM. This blog guides you through configuring these communication settings.</P><H3 id="toc-hId-1152142018">Getting Started</H3><P>Start your journey by reading the following documentation, which describes how to configure communication settings:</P><UL><LI>SAP S/4HANA Cloud: <A href="https://help.sap.com/docs/cloud-edition/sap-document-and-reporting-compliance-cloud-edition/managing-communication-settings-sap-s-4hana-cloud?locale=en-US" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">Managing Communication Settings | SAP Help Portal</A> </LI><LI>SAP S/4HANA: <A href="https://help.sap.com/docs/cloud-edition/sap-document-and-reporting-compliance-cloud-edition/managing-communication-settings-sap-s-4hana?version=Cloud" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">Managing Communication Settings | SAP Help Portal</A></LI><LI>SAP ERP: <A href="https://help.sap.com/docs/cloud-edition/sap-document-and-reporting-compliance-cloud-edition/managing-communication-settings-sap-erp?version=Cloud" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">Managing Communication Settings | SAP Help Portal</A></LI></UL><P>The communication settings primarily involve maintaining the credentials that you've obtained from the IRBM or another authority, including a pair of client ID and client secret as well as a digital certificate. You should get these credentials ready for use before proceeding to configure communication settings in the cloud edition. You can find out the Malaysia-specific settings from the <STRONG>Process-Specific Settings</STRONG> page:</P><P><STRONG><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="Product Guide: Process Specific Settings" style="width: 800px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/155547iC0E61DC3D014F2F4/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="ProductGuide-ProcessSpecificSettings (2).gif" alt="Product Guide: Process Specific Settings" /><span class="lia-inline-image-caption" onclick="event.preventDefault();">Product Guide: Process Specific Settings</span></span></STRONG></P><H3 id="toc-hId-955628513"><STRONG>Step 1: Create a New Communication Type</STRONG></H3><P><SPAN>You need to first retrieve your taxpayer identification number (TIN) as described at </SPAN><A href="https://sdk.myinvois.hasil.gov.my/faq/#how-to-retrieve-and-verify-company-tin-number" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow noreferrer">How to retrieve and verify company TIN number?</A> and then c<SPAN>reate a new communication type using this TIN.</SPAN></P><H3 id="toc-hId-759115008"><SPAN><STRONG><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="Create communication type" style="width: 786px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/155550i9574A10E9031EB12/image-dimensions/786x405?v=v2" width="786" height="405" role="button" title="Addcommunicationtype.gif" alt="Create communication type" /><span class="lia-inline-image-caption" onclick="event.preventDefault();">Create communication type</span></span></STRONG></SPAN></H3><H3 id="toc-hId-562601503"><SPAN><STRONG><BR /></STRONG></SPAN><STRONG>Step 2: Add an Authentication Setting for Consuming the IRBM APIs</STRONG></H3><P>For the communication type created in step 1, add an authentication setting that is used to consume the IRBM APIs, as follows:</P><OL><LI>Select the <STRONG>Basic</STRONG> type.</LI><LI>Enter your client ID as the username and your client secret as the password.<BR />See <A href="https://sdk.myinvois.hasil.gov.my/faq/#how-to-obtain-client-id-and-client-secret" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow noreferrer">How to obtain Client ID and Client Secret?</A><SPAN>.</SPAN></LI></OL><P><STRONG><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="Add basic authentication type" style="width: 800px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/155549iF9C8DE64CE9A6DA7/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="Addbasicauthenticationtype.gif" alt="Add basic authentication type" /><span class="lia-inline-image-caption" onclick="event.preventDefault();">Add basic authentication type</span></span></STRONG></P><H3 id="toc-hId-366087998"><STRONG>Step 3: </STRONG><STRONG>Add an Authentication Setting for Signing Electronic Invoices</STRONG></H3><P>For the communication type created in step 1, add another authentication setting that is used to sign electronic invoices, as follows:</P><OL><LI>Select the <STRONG>Key Pair X.509</STRONG> type.</LI><LI>Upload the certificate you generated from one of the certified service providers.</LI><LI>Enter the password for your digital certificate.<BR />You need to purchase a digital certificate from a certificate authority (CA) in Malaysia. See <A href="https://sdk.myinvois.hasil.gov.my/faq/#how-to-acquire-digital-signature" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow noreferrer">How to acquire Digital Signature?</A>.</LI></OL><P><STRONG>Note: </STRONG>SAP supports soft certificates only, roaming certificates are not supported. The digital certificate extensions supported are PFX and P12.<BR /><BR /><STRONG><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="Add Keypair" style="width: 800px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/155548i90557178DF82B636/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="Keypair-ezgif.gif" alt="Add Keypair" /><span class="lia-inline-image-caption" onclick="event.preventDefault();">Add Keypair</span></span></STRONG></P><H3 id="toc-hId-169574493">More Information</H3><P>Suppose that your company has several company codes representing headquarters and subsidiary units. In this case, you can choose to use only one digital certificate, which is registered with the TIN of headquarters or a leading subsidiary. The TIN associated with the common certificate is referred to as intermediary or intermediary representative. See <A href="https://sdk.myinvois.hasil.gov.my/faq/#for-companies-that-have-subsidiaries-does-digital-certificate-need-to-be-registered-for-each-subsidiary" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow noreferrer">For companies that have subsidiaries, does digital certificate need to be registered for each subsidiary?</A>.<BR /><BR />If you use different SAP systems at the same time, such as SAP ERP and SAP S/4HANA, you can still use the same digital certificate.</P><P>Also remember that a digital certificate has an expiration date. You must renew your certificate when it's expiring soon. See <A href="https://sdk.myinvois.hasil.gov.my/faq/#do-i-need-to-renew-a-digital-certificate" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow noreferrer">Do I need to renew a digital certificate?</A>. Otherwise, you'll encounter the following errors:</P><UL><LI><EM>Certificate is not valid according to the chain of trust validation or has been issued by an untrusted certificate authority.</EM></LI><LI><EM>Signing time is not within validity period.</EM></LI></UL><P>We hope that you find this information useful. Feel free to leave a comment on this blog or follow <A href="https://pages.community.sap.com/topics/document-reporting-compliance" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">SAP Document and Reporting Compliance | SAP Community</A>.</P><P><a href="https://community.sap.com/t5/c-khhcw49343/SAP+Document+and+Reporting+Compliance/pd-p/73554900100700003181" class="lia-product-mention" data-product="1216-1">SAP Document and Reporting Compliance</a> </P>2024-08-22T07:23:21.554000+02:00https://community.sap.com/t5/enterprise-resource-planning-blogs-by-sap/reduce-project-cycle-time-using-collaboration-capabilities-in-sap-project/ba-p/13804367Reduce project cycle time using collaboration capabilities in SAP Project and Resource Management2024-08-23T08:40:49.947000+02:00Praveen_Kasthalahttps://community.sap.com/t5/user/viewprofilepage/user-id/1515430<P>In today’s digital, fast paced, and interconnected world, it becomes imperative that projects need to be run at speed and efficiency. Project lifecycles have condensed and focus on collaboration between project stakeholders has never been more critical. Success clearly lies in cooperation, trust, reducing risk and increasing efficiency between intra and inter organizational members.</P><P>The complexity of modern projects demands a seamless integration between various stakeholders - owners, contractors, subcontractors, engineers, architects, facility managers, and authorities.</P><P>This challenge posits a question: <SPAN>“How can project managers increase project efficiency, transparency and reduce the complexity of information exchange - between internal and external project stakeholders - while maintaining their individual objectives and incentives”?</SPAN></P><P>Project Collaboration Management as part of SAP Project and Resource Management addresses this specific whitespace.</P><P> </P><P><STRONG><U>Need for Project Collaboration Management</U></STRONG></P><P><U><STRONG>Project activity Interdependency</STRONG></U>: Stakeholders in cross company projects sometimes cut across different geographies and organizations. Coordinating with these diverse members requires a robust collaboration framework to ensure that all parties are on the same page.</P><P><U><STRONG>Inefficiency in Traditional Methods</STRONG></U>: Traditional methods of collaboration, such as emails and phone calls, are not only time-consuming but also error prone. Information shared through different systems can lead to miscommunication and delays.</P><P><U><STRONG>Compliance to Standards</STRONG></U>: In industries such as Engineering and Construction, adhering to standards like building information modelling (BIM) and maintaining a common data environment is crucial for project success. Projects also have their templates to comply with and adhered by all members.</P><P> </P><P><STRONG><U>Capabilities of Project Collaboration Management</U></STRONG></P><P><STRONG><U>Share Project Information</U></STRONG>: This centralized and integrated toolset provides a single source of truth to enhance project transparency and collaboration to also to track and control both management and execution processes. Features such as GANTT chart and KANBAN board provide visibility to activities and enable agile decision making. Project Managers can share project plans with external partners and import project timelines from 3rd party scheduling tools using various file formats such as .mpp, .mpx, .mpd, .xer. This enables Project Managers to manage multiple versions of project plans e.g., from tools like Oracle Primavera or MS Project and use these versions to compare against initial timeline.</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="C4P_COPM_ManageProjectPlanDetails (1).png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/155277iF2597B5425E6446B/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="C4P_COPM_ManageProjectPlanDetails (1).png" alt="C4P_COPM_ManageProjectPlanDetails (1).png" /></span></P><P>Native integration with Enterprise Projects in SAP S/4HANA Cloud, public edition allows users to import project WBS elements from underlying system and use them as the basis for project structure. In addition, one can also import the projects WBS structure from Project System in SAP S/4HANA by using the SAP Integration suite. For integration with EPPM (Portfolio and Project Management) in SAP S/4HANA, a consulting service is offered to define the corresponding iFlows in the SAP Integration Suite. This approach utilizes APIs for custom integrations which enables users to bring-in project timeline information <SPAN>from any kind of project scheduling tools</SPAN>.</P><P><U><STRONG>Support for Digital Twin</STRONG></U>: SAP Project Collaboration Management is an open, flexible, and expandable solution that supports digital twin lifecycle from as-designed to as-built. Project Managers can share digital models in a central repository to connect cross company and organizational processes. Distributed project information can be visualized and connected using a digital twin that complies with local and international standards and actions on the digital twin can be monitored by assigning issues, changes, and tasks.</P><DIV class=""> </DIV><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="SNAG-0001 (2) (1).jpg" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/155278i7D979F8CAA08E3AC/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="SNAG-0001 (2) (1).jpg" alt="SNAG-0001 (2) (1).jpg" /></span></P><P> </P><P><U><STRONG>Issue and Change management</STRONG></U>: The tool helps Project Managers simplify Task, Risk, Issue and Change Request by providing option to classify and document project problems with detailed information such as notes, member responsible, related objects and photos. It provides flexibility to manage authorizations at both individual and team level. Project Managers can use the automated review and approval process to collaborate across internal and external stakeholders on topics that impact project cost, scope, quality, and schedule.</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="Risks, Issues and Change Requests" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/155279iA1A8950749CC6B72/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="CoPM - Issue.png" alt="Risks, Issues and Change Requests" /><span class="lia-inline-image-caption" onclick="event.preventDefault();">Risks, Issues and Change Requests</span></span></P><P> </P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="Risk Heat chart" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/156253i2DBB5F30E8D9E634/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="C4P_COPM_Risk.png" alt="Risk Heat chart" /><span class="lia-inline-image-caption" onclick="event.preventDefault();">Risk Heat chart</span></span></P><P><STRONG><U>Benefits of Using Project Collaboration Management</U></STRONG></P><P><U><STRONG>Streamlined Processes</STRONG></U>: The tool provides a digitized and automated information flow between all internal and external project stakeholders. This helps avoid manual steps, reduce errors, and decrease waste of time and materials. Collaborative project management ensures that all stakeholders are aligned, leading to faster project completion times and adherence to higher quality standards.</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="C4P_COPM_CollaborationProjectDetails.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/155300i5B9872816E658ADF/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="C4P_COPM_CollaborationProjectDetails.png" alt="C4P_COPM_CollaborationProjectDetails.png" /></span></P><P><U><STRONG>Enhanced Efficiency</STRONG></U>: Features like document management, cross-company project master plans, risk, task and issue management, and visual budget control significantly improve process efficiency. Automation of manual tasks leads to a more productive workforce.</P><P><U><STRONG>Increased transparency</STRONG></U>: An integrated toolset for project management and work management results in a single source of truth for project information. It provides users visibility to upstream and downstream processes and the right information leading to fewer claims disputes, resulting in better customer relationships.</P><P><U><STRONG>Reduced Rework and Cycle time</STRONG></U>: By improving collaboration, companies can reduce rework and waste by up to 50%*. This not only saves time but also reduces costs associated with time and material wastage. Collaborative project management can also reduce cycle times for approvals and workflows by up to 60%*, ensuring that projects move forward without unnecessary delays.</P><P>*Source: SAP experts estimate based on co-innovation customer engagements</P><P> </P><P><U><STRONG>Conclusion</STRONG></U></P><P>A study by PMI states that collaborative project management tools can increase the success rate of projects by 71%. With its numerous benefits, SAP Project Collaboration can help Project managers deliver real business value. Thus, by leveraging Project Collaboration Management within SAP Project and Resource Management, companies can increase efficiency, build trust and transparency, and meet the complexity and demands of new-age projects.</P><P> </P><P>You can learn more about SAP Project and Resource Management at the following pages:</P><UL><LI><SPAN>SAP Product Page:</SPAN> <SPAN><A href="https://www.sap.com/products/scm/project-resource-management.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">SAP Project and Resource Management</A></SPAN></LI><LI>SAP Help portal: <SPAN><A href="https://help.sap.com/docs/PPRM_OD" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">SAP Project and Resource Management | SAP Help Portal</A></SPAN></LI><LI>SAP Community Page: <A href="https://pages.community.sap.com/topics/s4hana-cloud-portfolio-project-management" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">SAP S/4HANA Cloud Public Edition and Project Control</A></LI></UL>2024-08-23T08:40:49.947000+02:00https://community.sap.com/t5/technology-blogs-by-sap/4-step-semi-sequential-payment-approval/ba-p/138072174 Step semi-sequential payment approval2024-08-26T13:48:34.425000+02:00Bhaweshhttps://community.sap.com/t5/user/viewprofilepage/user-id/132100<P>In this blog, we will discuss How to configure a semi-sequential payment approval. The idea is to restrict the same approvers from approving payment batches in the 2nd and 3rd approval steps.</P><P><FONT color="#FF6600">Image/data in this blog is from SAP internal systems, sample data, or demo systems. Any resemblance to real data is purely coincidental.</FONT></P><P>Follow the steps to configure a semi-sequential payment approval.</P><OL><LI><SPAN>Configure new Approval Groups, Approval Patterns in configuration activity / SSC-</SPAN><SPAN class="">UI ID</SPAN><SPAN> 102336 - </SPAN><SPAN>Define Settings for Bank Account Master Data.</SPAN></LI><LI><SPAN>Add new Approval Groups for 4 Steps Semi-Sequential Approval<BR /><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="Payment_Approver_group.png" style="width: 993px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/157612i1AC9C89E7D91C266/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="Payment_Approver_group.png" alt="Payment_Approver_group.png" /></span><BR /></SPAN></LI><LI><SPAN>Approval pattern for 4 Steps Semi-Sequential Approval with limits on the 4th Step.<BR /><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="Using_limit_4thStep.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/157613i3A95D0E8EAEF3AE3/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="Using_limit_4thStep.png" alt="Using_limit_4thStep.png" /></span><BR /></SPAN></LI><LI><SPAN>Assign the approval pattern to the company code and account type.</SPAN></LI><LI><SPAN>Maintain the payment approvers and assign the approvers group in the App Manage Bank Accounts for the bank account.<BR /><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="Payment _approvers.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/157616i6572AF8097B925C0/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="Payment _approvers.png" alt="Payment _approvers.png" /></span></SPAN><SPAN><BR /><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="Pyament_approver_display.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/157617i0E132906BEA13AB9/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="Pyament_approver_display.png" alt="Pyament_approver_display.png" /></span></SPAN></LI><LI><SPAN>Press the button Show Approval Steps to Display the Approval steps for the bank account payment approval.<BR /><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="Approval_steps.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/157618i52582A4C27AE78FF/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="Approval_steps.png" alt="Approval_steps.png" /></span><BR /></SPAN></LI></OL>2024-08-26T13:48:34.425000+02:00https://community.sap.com/t5/enterprise-resource-planning-blogs-by-sap/sap-fiori-for-sap-s-4hana-extend-fiori-app-quot-manage-customer-master-quot/ba-p/13799520SAP Fiori for SAP S/4HANA - Extend FIORI App "Manage Customer Master" with Z-field2024-08-26T16:14:17.317000+02:00Andi_Mhttps://community.sap.com/t5/user/viewprofilepage/user-id/181182<H1 id="toc-hId-894128479">Introduction</H1><P>Utilize the FIOR app "Custom Fields" (F1481) from the <A href="https://fioriappslibrary.hana.ondemand.com/sap/fix/externalViewer/#/detail/Apps('F1481')/S28OP" target="_self" rel="nofollow noopener noreferrer">SAP Fiori Apps Reference Library (ondemand.com)</A> to easily add a Z-field to your FIORI app. This allows for custom field extension without the need for programming, thanks to the Key User Extensibility functionality. For more information on this topic, check out the blog post "<A href="https://community.sap.com/t5/technology-blogs-by-sap/sap-fiori-for-sap-s-4hana-what-is-key-user-extensibility-and-who-are-your/ba-p/13560372" target="_self">SAP Fiori for SAP S/4HANA – What is Key User Extensibility and Who are your Key Users.</A>"</P><P>Key User Extensibility is part of Clean Core approach to keep your system/landscape clean as described at blog post <A href="https://community.sap.com/t5/technology-blogs-by-sap/clean-core-demystified-what-does-it-mean-and-how-to-achieve-it-with-sap-btp/ba-p/13550604" target="_self">Clean Core demystified: What does it mean and how to achieve it with SAP BTP?</A></P><P>More information about Key User Extensibility, including required roles and initial steps, can be found on the <A href="https://help.sap.com/docs/ABAP_PLATFORM_NEW/a7b390faab1140c087b8926571e942b7/5c424437bf794f809087fdce391149f2.html?" target="_self" rel="noopener noreferrer">SAP Help website</A>.</P><P>In the example outlined in this blog, I will demonstrate the addition of a custom field (Z-field) to the "Manage Customer Master" FIORI app (F0850A) at the Sales Area level. The custom field, "Last Phone Contact," will be added as an example. This information can be found in the <A href="https://fioriappslibrary.hana.ondemand.com/sap/fix/externalViewer/#/detail/Apps('F0850A')/S28OP" target="_self" rel="nofollow noopener noreferrer">SAP Fiori Apps Reference Library</A>.</P><P>This extension will be done in 2 steps:<BR />1. Z-field definition<BR />2. Z-field assignment at FIORI app</P><P>Target audience: Functional expert, Development expert</P><H1 id="toc-hId-697614974">Starting point</H1><P>In the FIORI app "Manage Customer Master," a new Z-field should be added to the Sales Area level to store the last phone contact date specific to the Sales Area. This field should be located in the "General Data" section (highlighted in red).</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="01.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/154162iE538B550F653739C/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="01.png" alt="01.png" /></span></P><P> </P><H1 id="toc-hId-501101469">Z-field definition</H1><P>To define a custom Z-field run FIORI app "Custom Fields".</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="02 custom field app.png" style="width: 197px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/154164i99C0BFA6BD1ED66B/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="02 custom field app.png" alt="02 custom field app.png" /></span></P><P>At this app you will see all so far created custom fields. To add a new field push "Create" button.</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="03-create field.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/154165iA2A237CF71C60732/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="03-create field.png" alt="03-create field.png" /></span></P><P> </P><H2 id="toc-hId-433670683">Field properties</H2><P>At appearing pop-up you have to define your field properties like:<BR />1. Business Context<BR />2. Label<BR />3. Identifier<BR />4. Tooltip<BR />5. Type</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="04 field properties.png" style="width: 700px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/154166iBBEFACA243EB81EC/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="04 field properties.png" alt="04 field properties.png" /></span></P><H3 id="toc-hId-366239897">Business Context</H3><P>With setting the Business Context you tell the system to which objects the Z-field is related to.</P><P>Following Business Contexts are relevant for Business Partner, Customer or Supplier:</P><P>BP_CUSTVEND1 - Master Data: Business Partner BUT000<BR />CUSTOMER_GENERAL - Customer Core View KNA1<BR />CUSTOMER_GEN_ADDR - Customer General Address Dependent Context KNA1_ADDR<BR />CUSTOMER_SALES_ADDR - Customer Sales Address Dependent Context KNVV_ADDR<BR />CUST_COMPANYCODE - Customer company code core KNB1<BR />CUST_SALES - Partner Sales area core view KNVV<BR />SUPLR_PURORG_ADDR - Supplier Purchasing Organisation Address Dependent Context -> Listed but not available<BR />SUPPLIER_GENERAL - Supplier Core View LFA1<BR />SUPPLIER_GEN_ADDR - Supplier General Address Dependent Context -> Listed but not available<BR />SUP_COMPANYCODE - Supplier Company Code Core LFB1<BR />SUP_PURORG - Supplier Purchasing Org Core LFM1</P><P>The SCFD_REGISTRY transaction allows you to determine the objects associated with the business context, such as CDS Views, OData Models, and BAdIs, through the Custom Fields: Registry UI.</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="05 SCFD_REGISTRY.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/156022i7AEECF35EA3352C2/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="05 SCFD_REGISTRY.png" alt="05 SCFD_REGISTRY.png" /></span></P><P>You can locate CDS View MD_CUSTOMER_MASTER_SRV_01 in the FIORI Library for the FIORI app "Manage Customer Master" (F0850A) by referring to the Implementation Information section of the <A href="https://fioriappslibrary.hana.ondemand.com/sap/fix/externalViewer/#/detail/Apps('F0850A')/S28OP" target="_self" rel="nofollow noopener noreferrer">SAP Fiori Apps Reference Library (ondemand.com)</A>.</P><H3 id="toc-hId-169726392"> </H3><H3 id="toc-hId--26787113">Label</H3><P>This field description is displayed on screens and includes technical details.</P><H3 id="toc-hId--223300618"> </H3><H3 id="toc-hId--419814123">Identifier</H3><P>This is the technical name of this field starting with a predefined prefix.</P><H3 id="toc-hId--616327628"> </H3><H3 id="toc-hId--888072502">Tooltip</H3><P>This is the description which is shown if you hoover over this field with your mouse.</P><H3 id="toc-hId--1084586007"> </H3><H3 id="toc-hId--1281099512">Type</H3><P>This field is the technical type that can be found in the SE11 transaction. The screenshot shows the data I entered.</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="06 field properties.png" style="width: 702px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/156024iA4D90FD3020C8849/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="06 field properties.png" alt="06 field properties.png" /></span></P><P>I recommend adjusting or at least checking the predefined usages of this new field. To do this, press the "Create and Edit" button.</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="07 field properties.png" style="width: 702px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/156025i5D49DBDCB1DA13F2/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="07 field properties.png" alt="07 field properties.png" /></span></P><P>You can view additional field descriptions such as Medium Label and different tabs like "User Interface" at the detail screen. These tabs display potential technical objects. The number within the tab description indicates how many, for example, User Interfaces are assigned to your selected Business Context.</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="08 field details.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/156027i583776A5E398C176/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="08 field details.png" alt="08 field details.png" /></span></P><P>You may choose to establish or leave unused a new field on each technical object. In order to publish the new field for the FIORI app "Manage Customer Master", you must enable it for the User Interface Manage Customer Master, which is based on the Data Source MD_CUSTOMER_MASTER_SRV_01.</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="09-enable usage.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/156035i9E08F87C195389FD/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="09-enable usage.png" alt="09-enable usage.png" /></span></P><P>Please note that it is not possible to enable this field for any GUI transaction. If you wish to add this new field to a BP transaction, please refer to the blog post "<A href="https://community.sap.com/t5/enterprise-resource-planning-blogs-by-sap/sap-s-4hana-business-partner-field-enhancement/ba-p/13427898" target="_blank">SAP S/4HANA Business Partner - Field Enhancement</A>" on SAP Community for instructions. You can find the relevant information under the "Implementation" topic.</P><P>To make this field available for SOAP APIs and/or IDOCs, you should enable it in these areas.</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="10-enable usage.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/156036i9E780A2DD2228576/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="10-enable usage.png" alt="10-enable usage.png" /></span></P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="11-enable usage.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/156038i711C0B856FFAC3F6/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="11-enable usage.png" alt="11-enable usage.png" /></span></P><P>After defining technical usages, you can add field description translations by navigating to the "General Information" tab.</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="12 translation.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/156437i3E22DC6CB2631BF6/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="12 translation.png" alt="12 translation.png" /></span></P><P>Select target language(s) and enter texts in target language.</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="13 translation.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/156439i80D506CD3A04B8C2/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="13 translation.png" alt="13 translation.png" /></span></P><P>All preparations are complete, and you can now save your work. Saving the setup allows you to preserve your work in a temporary state, enabling you to make further refinements and save again. When you click the "Publish" button, the system will initiate the generation process, automatically creating or adjusting all technical objects in the background.</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="14 save publish.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/156440i42B112F4F66EA72D/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="14 save publish.png" alt="14 save publish.png" /></span></P><P>The app will automatically navigate to the view of custom fields overview. You will need to scroll all the way down to the end of the field list to see your Z-field with the status "Publishing…"</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="15 publish.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/156441i0EB8EE59FF213E04/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="15 publish.png" alt="15 publish.png" /></span></P><P>Keep in mind that it will take some time to publish the new field. The more data you have in your database, the longer it will take. This is due to the column store storage type of the HANA database, which requires complex restructuring during extensions. Additionally, the decompression and recompression of data for compression prolong the process, and indexes need to be recreated or reorganized for new columns, adding to the time it takes. After the publishing is finalized, the screen will be refreshed and you will see the new field:</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="16 publish.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/156442iDE27E81BE0115B2A/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="16 publish.png" alt="16 publish.png" /></span></P><P>Now your new field is ready to use.</P><H1 id="toc-hId--890807003">Technical field check</H1><H2 id="toc-hId--1380723515">Check with field Viewer</H2><P>Run Transaction SCFD_FIELDVIEWER to check your new field.</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="17 Field Viewer.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/156444iA8FCBDFD3AA0DDA9/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="17 Field Viewer.png" alt="17 Field Viewer.png" /></span></P><H2 id="toc-hId--1577237020">Check with SE11</H2><P>To check the usage of this new field navigate to tab "Usages". Here you can see all objects which has been enhanced by this field.</P><P>For example let's have a look at enhanced objects like table KNVV - Customer Sales Area Data<BR />Run transaction SE11 and display table KNVV.</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="19 KNVV.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/156448i43FC8700132143B3/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="19 KNVV.png" alt="19 KNVV.png" /></span></P><P>There are important structures which has been enhanced automatically. I will stick to 2 examples:<BR />1. Migration structure for customer master data<BR />2. Main CVI structure CVIS_EI_EXTERN</P><P>Run transaction SE11 and display structure MIG_CMDS_EI_CUST_SALES_EXT_S which is part of migration structure MIG_CMDS_EI_CUST_SALES_EXT_T which is used at function module CMD_MIG_BP_CVI_CREATE.<BR />(Navigation path from function module import parameter: IT_EXT_CUST_SALES -> MIG_CMDS_EI_CUST_SALES_EXT_T -> MIG_CMDS_EI_CUST_SALES_EXT_S)</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="20 Migration.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/156452iC9BD2A54F0835B35/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="20 Migration.png" alt="20 Migration.png" /></span></P><P>Run transaction SE11 and display structure CMDS_EI_SALES_DATA.</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="21 cvi.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/156454i4E8986B755B30E2B/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="21 cvi.png" alt="21 cvi.png" /></span></P><P>This structure is part APIs, WebServices, ….<BR />(Navigation path from Maintain Business Partner class CL_MD_BP_MAINTAIN parameter: I_DATA -> CVIS_EI_EXTERN -> CUSTOMER -> SALES_DATA -> SALES -> DATA)</P><H1 id="toc-hId--1480347518">Add Z-field to FIORI app</H1><P>Add new field to your FIORI app "Manage Customer Master" (F0850A) (<A href="https://fioriappslibrary.hana.ondemand.com/sap/fix/externalViewer/#/detail/Apps('F0850A')/S28OP" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow noreferrer">SAP Fiori Apps Reference Library (ondemand.com)</A>) at Sales Area level.</P><P>Start FIORI app from FIORI Launchpad and navigate into customer sales area data.</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="22 fiori sales area overview.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/156455iAFEB7853D9EBC907/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="22 fiori sales area overview.png" alt="22 fiori sales area overview.png" /></span></P><P>Switch into "Adapt UI" mode via your profile.</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="23 Adapt UI.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/156456iA5DFA86FEB393194/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="23 Adapt UI.png" alt="23 Adapt UI.png" /></span></P><P>To add a new Field Group use right mouse-click at your target area and "Create: Group" option appears.</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="24 new Group.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/156457i30C41EAF985C4954/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="24 new Group.png" alt="24 new Group.png" /></span></P><P>Enter a text for your new group and use right mouse-click at your group name to add a new field.</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="25 add field.png" style="width: 540px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/156458i410F3346336F0451/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="25 add field.png" alt="25 add field.png" /></span></P><P>At appearing pop-up you can find your new field. It might be that you are forced to scroll a bit. In my example my new field is available without scrolling.</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="26 new field.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/156459iCBA8376AA2362FBA/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="26 new field.png" alt="26 new field.png" /></span></P><P>Mark this field and press OK button. By using the mouse you can place the field group.<BR />Don't forget to save and activate you changes. By activation system is asking you for a version name. Enter a name and confirm.</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="27 version.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/156461i3AEE13D42E99E84B/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="27 version.png" alt="27 version.png" /></span></P><P>By pressing button "Publish Version" you can take over your changes into a transport request to publish your changes to your landscape.</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="28 Publishing - transport.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/156462i47B05F4BDAC2E933/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="28 Publishing - transport.png" alt="28 Publishing - transport.png" /></span></P><H1 id="toc-hId--1676861023">Testing</H1><P>Leave the "Adapt UI" mode and test your new field.</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="29 leave adopt.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/156463i1FE733A25A49E1BC/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="29 leave adopt.png" alt="29 leave adopt.png" /></span></P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="30 edit.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/156464i00F9175BC2A7575E/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="30 edit.png" alt="30 edit.png" /></span></P><P>Using calendar button you can select a date out of the calendar pup-up to take over a specific date.</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="31 test.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/156467i6F28D6DCD6B2F12F/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="31 test.png" alt="31 test.png" /></span></P><P>Apply and save you changes and navigate into Sales Area data in display mode to check your changes.</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="32 test display.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/156468iF7A8724725DA2499/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="32 test display.png" alt="32 test display.png" /></span></P><P>As a last technical check navigate into transaction SE16N and use table KNVV. Don't forget to remember customer number and used Sales Area.</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="33 customer number.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/156470i228BAEC3815582EB/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="33 customer number.png" alt="33 customer number.png" /></span></P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="34 se16n.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/156472i9E7762DE6E57F61A/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="34 se16n.png" alt="34 se16n.png" /></span></P><H1 id="toc-hId--1873374528">Optional: Add field to BP transaction</H1><P>Now you have done technical prerequisites to add the new field to BP transaction which is not done via field extensibility automatically.</P><P>If you want to implement this new field into BP transaction, follow instructions at blog post <A href="https://community.sap.com/t5/enterprise-resource-planning-blogs-by-sap/sap-s-4hana-business-partner-field-enhancement/ba-p/13427898" target="_self">SAP S/4HANA Business Partner - Field Enhancement</A>. You can directly step into topic "Implementation".</P><P> </P>2024-08-26T16:14:17.317000+02:00https://community.sap.com/t5/technology-blogs-by-sap/how-to-perform-modifications-in-standard-migration-object-with-migration/ba-p/13807510How to perform modifications in Standard Migration Object with Migration Object Modeler App2024-08-26T16:47:23.404000+02:00Moumita2001https://community.sap.com/t5/user/viewprofilepage/user-id/1497738<P><STRONG>Introduction:</STRONG></P><P>Let’s explore the options for adapting delivered content of the SAP S/4HANA migration cockpit to meet our customer-specific circumstances.</P><P>The SAP S/4HANA migration object modeler is name of the modelling environment in the migration cockpit. Available in the on-premises version of SAP/4HANA, you can call it using Transaction LTMOM. In SAP S/4HANA Cloud Public Edition, the migration object modeler is called via the SAP Fiori tile Model Migration Objects - Migration Object Modeler.</P><P><STRONG>Prerequisite:<BR /></STRONG>Before proceeding with adding any field, it is necessary to verify if the specific Migration Object allows the addition of the required field. The business role SAP_BR_ADMINISTRATOR is required to use the SAP S/4HANA Migration Object Modeler.</P><P>To check which Migration Object support field additions, refer to SAP Note <A href="https://me.sap.com/notes/2999428" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">2999428</A> - Collective Note for extensions via Model Your Migration Objects - Migration Object Modeler App in SAP S/4HANA Cloud, public edition (Migrate Data Using Staging Tables), this specific KBA outlines the objects that permit fields to be added.</P><P><STRONG>Use Case:<BR /></STRONG>The field "Document Number" is not present in the Migration Object “Product” template. Downloaded template is not having any field “Document Number” in the Basic Data Tab as shown below.</P><P><FONT color="#FF0000"><EM>Image/data in this blog is from SAP internal systems, sample data, or demo systems. Any resemblance to real data is purely coincidental.</EM></FONT></P><P>Standard Template:</P><DIV class=""> </DIV><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="Moumita2001_11-1724682655502.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/157738iFD8C19915661FDEC/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="Moumita2001_11-1724682655502.png" alt="Moumita2001_11-1724682655502.png" /></span></P><P><STRONG>Steps to follow:</STRONG></P><P> </P><OL><LI>Create a Migration Project from “Migrate Your Data” App, here as an example I have created the Migration Project “Test_Sap”.<BR /><DIV class=""> </DIV><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="Moumita2001_12-1724682679305.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/157739i2B0FCF613C503069/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="Moumita2001_12-1724682679305.png" alt="Moumita2001_12-1724682679305.png" /></span></LI><LI>Open the Project (Test_Sap) in the Object Modeler App and go to the Migration Object “Product” and open the Source Structure in Edit mode.<BR /><DIV class=""> </DIV><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="Moumita2001_13-1724682693475.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/157742iFF26AC7F02D7A9DA/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="Moumita2001_13-1724682693475.png" alt="Moumita2001_13-1724682693475.png" /></span></LI><LI>Then click on the create button.<BR /><DIV class=""> </DIV><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="Moumita2001_14-1724682714493.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/157744iE61E683E16BF1182/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="Moumita2001_14-1724682714493.png" alt="Moumita2001_14-1724682714493.png" /></span><P> </P></LI><LI>Once clicked you will see a new row got added with the prefix “ZZ”. Create the field as per your requirement and then click on Save.<BR /><DIV class=""> </DIV><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="Moumita2001_15-1724682725377.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/157745iA859602B9A036B9A/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="Moumita2001_15-1724682725377.png" alt="Moumita2001_15-1724682725377.png" /></span><P> </P></LI><LI>Now the field is created. We can see the field ZZ_ ZEINR in the Source Structure of the Migration Object. We need to map the newly added field to the Target Structure of the underlying API.<BR /><BR /></LI><LI>To perform the Field Mapping, double-click on the Field Mapping node.<BR /><DIV class=""> </DIV><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="Moumita2001_16-1724682732229.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/157746iBF29DBDB3F159256/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="Moumita2001_16-1724682732229.png" alt="Moumita2001_16-1724682732229.png" /></span><P> </P></LI><LI>Now as mentioned in the Prerequisite section the newly created field needs to be mapped to the underlying API Structure. Here the mapping is done with the field ZZ_ZEINR with the API field Document number (without document management system).<BR /><DIV class=""> </DIV><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="Moumita2001_17-1724682739216.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/157747iB13D7BCE4F187BDE/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="Moumita2001_17-1724682739216.png" alt="Moumita2001_17-1724682739216.png" /></span><P> </P></LI><LI>To map it drag and drop the Source Structure to the Target Structure. Once mapped it will turn the Document Number sign in Green. By default, the Rule MOVE is used to map the Source and Target Structure, you can change the rule as per your business requirement.<BR /><DIV class=""> </DIV><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="Moumita2001_18-1724682745173.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/157748i5564E4A899FDD309/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="Moumita2001_18-1724682745173.png" alt="Moumita2001_18-1724682745173.png" /></span><P> </P></LI><LI>In the Object Modeler app regenerate the Migration Object using the Reset Migration Object option.<BR /><BR /><DIV class=""> </DIV><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="Moumita2001_19-1724682754413.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/157749iC12B5AF423E6D7D6/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="Moumita2001_19-1724682754413.png" alt="Moumita2001_19-1724682754413.png" /></span><P> </P></LI><LI>Now download the Template from the app Migrate Your Data app.<BR /><BR /><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="Moumita2001_20-1724682764442.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/157750i201A70314740E1C7/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="Moumita2001_20-1724682764442.png" alt="Moumita2001_20-1724682764442.png" /></span></LI><LI><SPAN>The required field will be added in the template.</SPAN><P> </P></LI></OL><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="Moumita2001_21-1724682788572.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/157751iA051E34692483F74/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="Moumita2001_21-1724682788572.png" alt="Moumita2001_21-1724682788572.png" /></span></P><P>To add fields in a Migration Object within the S/4 HANA Private Edition using LTMOM, refer to this specific <A href="https://community.sap.com/t5/enterprise-resource-planning-blogs-by-members/how-to-add-custom-fields-to-sap-s-4hana-data-migration-cockpit-with-data/ba-p/13478662" target="_blank">blog.</A></P><P>To add custom fields using the App "Custom Fields" refer to the help portal <A href="https://help.sap.com/docs/DATAMIG_S4HANA/70cd8175333c4d1b9ae3a08fbab81397/2e958fddffe642b8b293a22d100cab37.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">Overview | SAP Help Portal</A>.</P>2024-08-26T16:47:23.404000+02:00https://community.sap.com/t5/financial-management-blogs-by-sap/automatic-loss-handling-with-event-based-revenue-recognition-for-projects/ba-p/13809682Automatic Loss Handling with Event-Based Revenue Recognition for Projects2024-08-28T11:45:14.774000+02:00Chenchu_Zhonghttps://community.sap.com/t5/user/viewprofilepage/user-id/131619<P><EM>Relevant for SAP S/4HANA Cloud<SPAN> </SPAN></EM><EM>Public Edition 2408.</EM></P><P><EM>Co-authored by<SPAN> </SPAN><SPAN><A href="http://linkedin.com/in/volkmar-zahn-9123366" target="_self" rel="nofollow noopener noreferrer">Volkmar Zahn</A>, Frank Hennrich, <A href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/gerold-wellenhofer-8a5b3b7b/" target="_self" rel="nofollow noopener noreferrer">Gerold Wellenhofer</A> </SPAN>and<SPAN> <A href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/chenchu-zhong/" target="_self" rel="nofollow noopener noreferrer">Chenchu Zhong</A>. </SPAN></EM></P><P>In this blog post, we would like to share with you the new automatic loss handling feature with Event-Based Revenue Recognition (EBRR) for project-based service and project-based sales scenarios. This exciting innovation has been made available with the release 2408.</P><H2 id="toc-hId-1043529809">Scope Introduction</H2><P>Companies aim to make profit from contracts. However, in some cases, the costs associated with a contract can surpass the potential revenue from the contract, leading to a loss. International accounting standards, such as IFRS, provide specific guidance for such scenarios. In principle, the imminent loss reserves for a loss-making contract must be built as soon as it is foreseen that estimated costs exceed the estimated revenue that will be earned under the contract.</P><P>What we offer in EBRR since years to address this requirement is a manual processing of imminent loss handling. In the <EM>Event-Based Revenue Recognition – Projects</EM> app, you can use the <EM>Enter Manual Contract Accruals</EM> feature to post Reserves for Imminent Loss manually. As seen in the screenshot below, 100 EUR of Manual Reserves for Imminent Loss Reserves have been posted to the project using the <EM>Enter Manual Contract Accruals</EM> feature.<span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="2024-08-07_10-22-19.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/158946iA23FCD13820CB7AD/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="2024-08-07_10-22-19.png" alt="2024-08-07_10-22-19.png" /></span>Figure 1: Manual Imminent Loss Reserves entered using Enter Manual Contract Accruals</P><P>The field <EM>Manual Contract Accruals (Balance Sheet)</EM> in the section <EM>Manual Contract Accruals</EM> on the <EM>Balance Sheet</EM> tab shows 100 EUR of Manual Imminent Loss Reserves, representing the contract liability. The field <EM>Manual Contract Accruals (Income Stmnt.)</EM> in the <EM>Adjustments</EM> section on the <EM>Income Statement</EM> tab displays -100 EUR of Manual Adjustment of Reserves for Imminent Loss.</P><DIV class=""><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="2024-08-07_10-23-23.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/158947i4AE98D9F8F24DAC5/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="2024-08-07_10-23-23.png" alt="2024-08-07_10-23-23.png" /></span></DIV><DIV class="">Figure 2: Manual Imminent Loss Reserves in the Event-Based Revenue Recognition-Projects app</DIV><P>After the project is completed, the balance of Manual Imminent Loss Reserves will be cleared during the next period-end closing.</P><P>With the release CE2408, the automatic loss handling process feature has been released for revenue recognition scenarios: Project-Bases Services (<SPAN><A href="https://me.sap.com/processnavigator/SolS/EARL_SolS-013/2408/SolP/1IL?region=DE" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">1IL</A></SPAN>, <SPAN><A href="https://me.sap.com/processnavigator/SolS/EARL_SolS-013/2408/SolP/1P0?region=DE" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">1P0</A></SPAN>, <SPAN><A href="https://me.sap.com/processnavigator/SolS/EARL_SolS-013/2408/SolP/33O?region=DE" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">33O</A></SPAN>) and Project-Based Sales (<SPAN><A href="https://me.sap.com/processnavigator/SolS/EARL_SolS-013/2408/SolP/4GQ?region=DE" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">4GQ</A></SPAN>, <SPAN><A href="https://me.sap.com/processnavigator/SolS/EARL_SolS-013/2408/SolP/4GR?region=DE" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">4GR</A></SPAN>, <SPAN><A href="https://me.sap.com/processnavigator/SolS/EARL_SolS-013/2408/SolP/4GS?region=DE" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">4GS</A></SPAN>). This particularly applies to the revenue recognition key SPFC for project-based services, and the revenue recognition keys EPMFC & EPMFR for project-based sales. The underlying revenue recognition methods which support automatic loss handling are the cost-based POC method and the revenue-based POC method. The posting logics for each method are illustrated with the following T-account examples:<span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="Picture20.png" style="width: 903px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/158786i3024DD5C07979EDD/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="Picture20.png" alt="Picture20.png" /></span><SPAN> Figure 3: T-Account Example for Automatic Loss Handling with Cost-Based POC Method</SPAN></P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="Picture21.png" style="width: 903px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/158787iA839577456F9BA6D/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="Picture21.png" alt="Picture21.png" /></span><SPAN> Figure 4: T-Account Example for Automatic Loss Handling with Revenue-Based POC Method</SPAN></P><H2 id="toc-hId-847016304">System Walkthrough – Automatic Loss Handling in Project-Based Sales</H2><P>Now let’s delve deeper into the functionality using the example of a revenue-carrying enterprise project with an anticipated loss. The project is created to collect costs and revenues for selling project-based solutions with sales orders. The project uses the revenue recognition key EPMFC, which is utilizing a cost-based PoC revenue recognition method.<span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="2024-08-07_15-24-32.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/158953i658D2E1A6EF49D53/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="2024-08-07_15-24-32.png" alt="2024-08-07_15-24-32.png" /></span></P><DIV class=""><SPAN>Figure 5: Project Control - Enterprise Projects app</SPAN></DIV><P>Due to unforeseen events, the costs of materials and labor have risen significantly, and the newly estimated contract costs exceed the contract revenue, and the contract turns to a loss making one.</P><P>In this example, we use the <EM>Import Financial Plan Data</EM> app to bring in the most up-to-date plan data for the project. Once the data has been successfully imported, we then proceed to review the Financial Data for the project. The project has 1500 EUR of planned revenue and 2000 EUR of planned costs. Therefore, the project is identified as a loss-making project.</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="2024-08-07_11-55-53.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/158954iE13A5DC938DFB206/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="2024-08-07_11-55-53.png" alt="2024-08-07_11-55-53.png" /></span></P><DIV class=""><SPAN>Figure 6: Financial Plan Data for Project</SPAN></DIV><P>During the EBRR period-end closing, initial reserves for the imminent loss are calculated and created. In this example, we use the <EM>Revalue</EM> feature in the <EM>Event-Based Revenue Recognition – Projects</EM> app to re-evaluate the project. The system calculates the imminent loss reserves according to the plan values in the leading ledger. In the <EM>Revalue</EM> screen, we see 500 EUR of Imminent Loss Reserves under <EM>Liabilities</EM> and corresponding -500 EUR of Adjustment Imminent Loss Reserves under <EM>Adjustments</EM>.<span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="2024-08-13_10-57-11.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/158958i8FDF717C76ED7612/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="2024-08-13_10-57-11.png" alt="2024-08-13_10-57-11.png" /></span></P><P> </P><P>Figure 7: EBRR Simulation Results for Creation of Imminent Loss Reserves </P><P>The simulation results have been posted to the project and the values have been refreshed in the <EM>Event-Based Revenue Recognition – Projects</EM> app.<span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="2024-08-13_10-59-02.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/158959i4EC5BB128F10C664/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="2024-08-13_10-59-02.png" alt="2024-08-13_10-59-02.png" /></span><SPAN>Figure 8: Imminent Loss Reserves in the Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Projects app</SPAN></P><P>In the execution phase, EBRR adjusts the imminent loss reserves based on the percentage of completion of the project.</P><P>In this example, the goods are delivered to the client.<span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="2024-08-13_11-41-43.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/158960i8C347EDA5530E055/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="2024-08-13_11-41-43.png" alt="2024-08-13_11-41-43.png" /></span></P><P><SPAN>Figure 9: Posting of Goods Issue</SPAN></P><P>Upon posting the goods issue, 250.11 EUR of actual costs have been posted. In real-time, Event-Based Revenue Recognition calculates the recognized revenue according to the revenue recognition key EPMFC, which recognizes revenue on cost-based POC:</P><P>Percentage of Completion (POC) = actual costs / planned costs = 250.11 EUR / 2000 EUR = 12.5055%</P><P>Recognized revenue = POC × planned revenue = 12.5055% × 1500 EUR = 187.58 EUR</P><P>The screenshot shows the updated values of actual costs, accrued revenue and recognized revenue in the <EM>Event-Based Revenue Recognition – Projects</EM> app.<span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="2024-08-13_11-44-03.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/158961iFC257C6228F490FF/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="2024-08-13_11-44-03.png" alt="2024-08-13_11-44-03.png" /></span></P><DIV class=""><SPAN>Figure 10: Recognized Revenue upon Posting of Goods Issue</SPAN></DIV><P>During period-end closing, EBRR calculates the consumption of the imminent loss reserves based on the percentage of completion. In this example, we use the <EM>Revalue</EM> function to re-evaluate the project.</P><P>Consumption of Imminent Loss Reserves = POC × Imminent Loss Reserves = 12.5055% × 500 EUR = 62.53 EUR</P><P>Remaining Balance of Imminent Loss Reserves = 500 EUR – 62.53 EUR = 437.47 EUR<span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="2024-08-13_13-02-29.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/158962iBF1032D645A19CA6/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="2024-08-13_13-02-29.png" alt="2024-08-13_13-02-29.png" /></span><SPAN>Figure 11: EBRR Simulation Results for Consumption of Imminent Loss Reserves</SPAN></P><P>The values of Imminent Loss Reserves and Adjustment of Imminent Loss Reserves are updated in the <EM>Event-Based Revenue Recognition – Projects</EM> app.<span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="2024-08-13_13-26-04.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/158974iC375E609F4CCB8BF/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="2024-08-13_13-26-04.png" alt="2024-08-13_13-26-04.png" /></span><SPAN>Figure 12: Imminent Loss Reserves in the Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Projects app</SPAN></P><P>Now, a billing document is sent to the client, with the billing amount of 1500 EUR.<span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="2024-08-13_13-31-33.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/158986iBE216C5F2D60D7F2/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="2024-08-13_13-31-33.png" alt="2024-08-13_13-31-33.png" /></span><SPAN>Figure 13: Billing Document</SPAN></P><P>Upon posting of the billing document, EBRR creates an invoice correction posting in real-time. The screenshot shows the updated values of Billed Revenue, Deferred Revenue and Revenue Adjustment.<span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="2024-08-13_13-34-47.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/158987iC67C5CE0B62D5954/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="2024-08-13_13-34-47.png" alt="2024-08-13_13-34-47.png" /></span><SPAN>Figure 14: Deferred Revenue upon Posting of Invoice</SPAN></P><P>The project has now been set to completed.<span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="2024-08-13_13-40-53.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/158989i9050A5EB04A978C1/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="2024-08-13_13-40-53.png" alt="2024-08-13_13-40-53.png" /></span><SPAN>Figure 15: Project in Completed Status</SPAN></P><P>A period-end closing has been scheduled for the project in the <EM>Run Revenue Recognition – Projects</EM> app.<span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="2024-08-13_13-46-01.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/158993iABCDBC2BF4B2F956/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="2024-08-13_13-46-01.png" alt="2024-08-13_13-46-01.png" /></span></P><DIV class=""><SPAN>Figure 16: Run Revenue Recognition - Projects app</SPAN></DIV><P>The results of the Output show that revenues and costs have been recognized for the project. Imminent loss Reserves and Adjustment of Imminent Loss Reserves are balanced to zero.<span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="2024-08-13_13-49-03.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/158995i71ABF78A5D98F989/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="2024-08-13_13-49-03.png" alt="2024-08-13_13-49-03.png" /></span><SPAN>Figure 17: Output Results of EBRR Period-End Closing</SPAN></P><P>Let’s review the journal entries that have been recorded for the project in this example.</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="2024-08-13_13-59-43.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/158918iCD4232C89DF11510/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="2024-08-13_13-59-43.png" alt="2024-08-13_13-59-43.png" /></span></P><DIV class=""><SPAN>Figure 18: Journal Entries of Imminent Loss Reserves</SPAN></DIV><P>The journal entries are grouped by the reference documents. The business transaction type TBRR indicates the journal entries are posted by Event-Based Revenue Recognition.</P><P>The journal entry 100191845 is recoded during the first period-end closing (using the Revalue feature). It creates the initial imminent loss reserves of 500 EUR for the project. The SLA line item type 8300 indicates that this is the creation of the imminent loss reserves.</P><P>The journal entry 100191868 is recorded during the second period-end closing (using the Revalue feature). It is for the consumption of imminent loss reserves after the posting of goods issue. The SLA line item type 8301 shows that this is the consumption of the imminent loss reserves.</P><P>The journal entry 10019883 is recorded during the third period-end closing (using the Run Revenue Recognition – Projects app) after the project has been completed. The remaining balance of imminent loss reserves is zeroed out as revenues and costs are fully recognized.</P><H2 id="toc-hId-650502799">Activation of Automatic Loss Handling in Event-Based Revenue Recognition</H2><P>To activate automatic loss handling, a few customizing settings must be configured.</P><P>First, go to the SSCUI <EM>Maintain Settings for Event-Based Revenue Recognition</EM> (ID 102530)</P><P>In the step <EM>Assignment Rules</EM>, choose the pre-delivered assignment rule for automatic loss handling processing. In case you require the functionality of automatic loss handling for customer projects, select the assignment rule COSTPOCL. In case the automatic loss handling for revenue-carrying enterprise projects is needed, select the assignment rule EPMCCCL. Next, proceed to the <EM>Assign Sources</EM> and <EM>Posting Rules</EM> step. Here, set up the G/L accounts for the line with the usage 300: Loss processing to capture the automatic imminent loss reserves. Specific G/L accounts should be utilized for the usage 300 to prevent any impact on the manual loss processing using the usage 301, if applicable.<span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="Picture17.png" style="width: 903px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/158756i37995C634A4CD4A8/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="Picture17.png" alt="Picture17.png" /></span><SPAN>Figure 19: Maintain G/L for Automatic Loss Handling</SPAN></P><P>Please note, it is necessary to update Financial Statement Version (FSV) YPS2 and assign the G/L account Adjustment of Imminent Loss Reserves to the tag ADJ_COS. Assignment of the B/S account for imminent loss reserves is not required to the Financial Statement Version YPS2, as reporting is taken care by SAP.</P><P>In the <EM>Recognition Keys</EM> step, choose the supported revenue recognition key for automatic loss handling and assign the assignment rule for automatic loss handling to the selected revenue recognition key. For example, in the screenshot, the recognition key EPMFC is selected. Then, you click <EM>Company Code</EM> and <EM>Accounting Principle Settings</EM>, and assign the assignment rule EPMCCCL to the company code 1010 with the accounting principles DEAP and IFRS.<span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="Picture18.png" style="width: 903px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/158758i7FE8354EDD109CF3/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="Picture18.png" alt="Picture18.png" /></span><SPAN>Figure 20: Maintain Assignment Rules of Automatic Loss Handling for Recognition Keys</SPAN></P><P>In the <EM>Document Types</EM> step, change the <EM>Loss Handling</EM> from <EM>Manual loss handling</EM> to <EM>3-Automatic creation and usage (closing)</EM>.<span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="Picture19.png" style="width: 903px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/158762i64F6CB20B3B957E6/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="Picture19.png" alt="Picture19.png" /></span><SPAN>Figure 21: Maintain Loss Handling Function</SPAN></P><P>If you require to deactivate automatic loss handling, you must first clear the balances of the imminent loss reserves for ongoing projects before reverting the configuration to manual loss handling. Please follow these steps:</P><UL><LI>Set the project status to completed.</LI><LI>Run the period-end closing, which can be done in the <EM>Run Revenue Recognition – Projects</EM> app, to clear the open balances in Event-Based Revenue Recognition.</LI><LI>Change the assignment rule back from EPMCCCL to EPMCCC for the revenue recognition key EPMFC. To avoid issues, make sure that the balances for the values in Event-Based Revenue Recognition have been cleared during the period-end closing.</LI><LI>In the <EM>Document Types </EM>step, change the <EM>Loss Handling </EM>setting back from <EM>3 Automatic creation and usage (closing) </EM>to <EM>Manual loss handling</EM> for the corresponding company codes and accounting principles.</LI><LI>Set the project status back to released.</LI></UL><P>In summary, the automatic imminent loss handling feature offers you a streamlined way to identify the projects with anticipated loss and immediately reflects this in your financials, supporting you in compliance with the requirements from international accounting principles.</P>2024-08-28T11:45:14.774000+02:00https://community.sap.com/t5/financial-management-blogs-by-sap/sap-s-4hana-cloud-for-group-reporting-release-2408-is-generally-available/ba-p/13799649SAP S/4HANA Cloud for group reporting - Release 2408 is generally available2024-08-28T11:53:02.121000+02:00Stephane_Neufcourthttps://community.sap.com/t5/user/viewprofilepage/user-id/131793<P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="2408_GR_000_Title.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/156827iEBD73BD04510E5D2/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="2408_GR_000_Title.png" alt="2408_GR_000_Title.png" /></span></P><P>We're glad to announce the release of <A href="https://www.sap.com/documents/2024/08/3a6191d2-d17e-0010-bca6-c68f7e60039b.html" target="_self" rel="noopener noreferrer"><STRONG>SAP S/4HANA for group reporting 2408</STRONG></A> on July 24, 2024, with new and improved features to help you run your corporate close process. Key innovations in release 2408 include:</P><UL><LI>Group financial statement review booklet improved with commenting and calculated measures</LI><LI>Group-level Green Ledger - managing greenhouse gas emissions for group reporting</LI><LI>Industry scenario fields for public sector and financial services</LI><LI>New Fiori app to define consolidation groups</LI><LI>Improved data mapping including dashboard view of jobs by status and user notifications</LI><LI>UX improvement of the Release Universal Journal task</LI><LI>Multiple line-validation tasks on group reporting and unreleased accounting data</LI><LI>Support different amounts with the same key in local and group currency</LI></UL><H1 id="toc-hId-894129511"><STRONG><FONT color="#FFFFFF">--</FONT><BR />Group financial statement review booklet improved with commenting and calculated measures</STRONG></H1><P>The <A href="https://community.sap.com/t5/enterprise-resource-planning-blogs-by-sap/review-booklet-for-group-financial-statements-version-2-0/ba-p/13578763" target="_self">group financial statement review booklet</A> is a reporting app designed to help you validate your closing process. With the release 2408, we improve the review booklet with two new features.</P><P>You can now manage <STRONG>comments</STRONG> in your reports:</P><UL><LI>Use the new commenting side panel </LI><LI>Add comments on a single data-cell or see "all loaded cell-comments" for a page</LI><LI>Classify, tag, and filter comments</LI></UL><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="2408_GR_001_Review_Booklet_High_Res.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/158819i8CA5052C78CF3455/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="2408_GR_001_Review_Booklet_High_Res.png" alt="2408_GR_001_Review_Booklet_High_Res.png" /></span></P><P>Also, you can <STRONG>create ratios and calculations:</STRONG> calculate important measures and structures, and add them to the layout of your page.</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="2408_GR_001_Review_Booklet_calculation.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/156734i4C1193A9E9976DD9/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="2408_GR_001_Review_Booklet_calculation.png" alt="2408_GR_001_Review_Booklet_calculation.png" /></span></P><P>In the release 2408, we also improve the group financial statement review booklet with the following features:</P><UL><LI>Share public variants of your booklet using Microsoft Teams</LI><LI>Full page mode</LI><LI>Accessibility</LI><LI>Review booklet designer to create and adapt your review booklets</LI></UL><P>More information on <A href="https://community.sap.com/t5/enterprise-resource-planning-blogs-by-sap/group-financial-statement-review-booklet-highlighted-features-in-s-4hana/ba-p/13760899" target="_blank">Group Financial Statement Review Booklet - Highlighted Features in S/4HANA CE2408</A> and <A href="https://community.sap.com/t5/enterprise-resource-planning-blogs-by-sap/review-booklet-designer-concept-and-adaptability-ce2408/ba-p/13760902" target="_blank">Review Booklet Designer (Concept and Adaptability) - CE2408</A>.</P><H1 id="toc-hId-697616006"><STRONG><FONT color="#FFFFFF">--</FONT><BR />Group-level Green Ledger: managing greenhouse gas emissions for group reporting</STRONG></H1><P style=" text-align : left; "><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="scope_3_resource_image.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/157777i0F55EBDCD2323A19/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="scope_3_resource_image.png" alt="scope_3_resource_image.png" /></span><BR /><FONT size="1 2 3 4 5 6 7">Source: <A href="https://ghgprotocol.org/sites/default/files/standards/Corporate-Value-Chain-Accounting-Reporing-Standard_041613_2.pdf" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow noreferrer">WRI/WBCSD Corporate Value Chain (Scope 3) Accounting and Reporting Standard (PDF)</A>, page 5</FONT></P><P>In the 2408 release, we've introduced new features to help you follow sustainability standards. These updates will improve your ability to manage greenhouse gas emissions at a group level. The main additions include:</P><UL><LI>Business function that you can enable to add greenhouse gas–specific standard fields to group reporting</LI><LI>New fields such as greenhouse gas category, mode of transport, or calculation method</LI><LI>New column structure in group financial statement review booklet showing emission quantity numbers</LI><LI>Elimination rules to remove double accounting for greenhouse gas emissions</LI><LI>Configuration of document types that only allow posting quantities for pairwise eliminations and consolidation postings, as is already possible for the other posting levels</LI><LI>Use both quantitative and financial data on the same financial statement item, with the support of an optional breakdown (breakdown 1)</LI></UL><P><FONT size="4"><EM><STRONG>New greenhouse gas fields in group reporting's master data</STRONG></EM></FONT></P><P>You can enable a new business function to activate standard fields for greenhouse gas (GHG). Five new greenhouse gas fields are then activated in group reporting's master data:</P><UL><LI>GHG Scope</LI><LI>GHG Category</LI><LI>Scope 2 Calculation Method</LI><LI>Scope 2 Contractual Instrument</LI><LI>Mode of Transport</LI></UL><P>These five greenhouse gas fields are dedicated to the consolidation process. They behave as any other master data field. You can manage them in the <A href="https://help.sap.com/docs/SAP_S4HANA_CLOUD/90c07e91c7a64f328be3fd6b48955b13/14ac2781506643d8b589050a9756bf1b.html" target="_self" rel="noopener noreferrer">Define Master Data for Consolidation Fields</A> app.</P><P>These new fields are defined according to the GHG Protocol Corporate Standard, which classifies a company’s greenhouse gas emissions into three ‘scopes’:</P><UL><LI>Scope 1 emissions are direct greenhouse emissions that occur from sources that are controlled or owned by an organization (for example, emissions associated with fuel combustion in boilers, furnaces, vehicles).</LI><LI>Scope 2 emissions are indirect GHG emissions associated with the purchase of electricity, steam, heat, or cooling.</LI><LI>Scope 3 emissions are the result of activities from assets not owned or controlled by the reporting organization, but that the organization indirectly affects in its value chain. An organization's value chain includes both its upstream and downstream activities.</LI></UL><P><FONT size="4"><STRONG><EM>New greenhouse gas fields in Flexible Upload and Data Mapping</EM></STRONG></FONT></P><P><SPAN>To upload greenhouse gas data in SAP S/4HANA for group reporting, you can use the <A href="https://help.sap.com/docs/SAP_S4HANA_CLOUD/90c07e91c7a64f328be3fd6b48955b13/03caba7eac06470ebfd8fd769f5e2e19.html" target="_self" rel="noopener noreferrer">Flexible Upload of Reported Data</A> app as well as the <A href="https://help.sap.com/docs/SAP_Group_Reporting_Data_Collection/64dc0138def94c6696ee1ed4701d53f7/61ae5845077140cb80e5bb99bf99645c.html" target="_self" rel="noopener noreferrer">Data Mapping</A> app in SAP Group Reporting Data collection. Both apps have been enhanced with greenhouse gas specific columns.</SPAN></P><P>You can now generate data for additional greenhouse gas fields with the Flexible Upload. These fields are automatically included in the mapping template files. Use the Flexible Upload app if you have simple import requirements, with no transformation needed from source to data. </P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="2408_GR_02_GHG_Upload.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/154830iB7763D2C1EC021A8/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="2408_GR_02_GHG_Upload.png" alt="2408_GR_02_GHG_Upload.png" /></span></P><P><SPAN>Also, you can map and generate data for additional greenhouse gas fields with Data Mapping. These fields are automatically included in the mapping template files. Use the Data Mapping app if you have more complex requirements, and need to transform source data before populating SAP S/4HANA for group reporting. </SPAN></P><P><SPAN><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="2408_GR_02_GHG_DataMapping.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/155337iF084188E9851B604/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="2408_GR_02_GHG_DataMapping.png" alt="2408_GR_02_GHG_DataMapping.png" /></span></SPAN></P><P><FONT size="4"><STRONG><EM>New configuration of document types that only allow posting quantities for pairwise eliminations and consolidation postings</EM></STRONG></FONT></P><P><A href="https://help.sap.com/docs/SAP_S4HANA_CLOUD/90c07e91c7a64f328be3fd6b48955b13/488c7267e6ab45eba2aba706b53d38ed.html" target="_self" rel="noopener noreferrer">Document types</A> identify the type and source of data. For example, reported data is stored on different document types than elimination data. Document types are used in posting journal entries as well as other consolidation settings, tasks, and reports. <SPAN>For manual group journal entries as well as for automatic consolidation rules, the greenhouse gas processing requires that some document types should only allow posting in quantities. </SPAN></P><P>In addition to document types that allow postings in both amounts/currency and quantity, with release 2408 you can now also configure document types that will only allow postings in quantity, both for pairwise eliminations (posting level 20) and consolidation (posting level 30). </P><P><FONT size="4"><EM><STRONG>Elimination rules to remove double accounting for greenhouse gas emissions</STRONG></EM></FONT></P><P>Automated intercompany elimination rules remove all double accounting of greenhouse gas emissions at group level. Below is an example of a simplified greenhouse gas value chain of two subsidiaries part of the same consolidation group. The example encompasses the following:</P><UL><LI>Scope 1 Direct greenhouse emissions from the two subsidiaries in the example</LI><LI>Scope 2 Indirect emissions from energy suppliers of the subsidiaries</LI><LI>Scope 3 Result of activities from assets not owned by the subsidiaries</LI><LI>Carbon handover activities from the subsidiaries</LI><LI><SPAN>One subsidiary has an intercompany of 80t CO2e with the other, which should be eliminated at group level</SPAN></LI></UL><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="2408_GR_04_GHG_DiagramFlow.png" style="width: 620px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/155955i5782D9003A3F3DAD/image-dimensions/620x565?v=v2" width="620" height="565" role="button" title="2408_GR_04_GHG_DiagramFlow.png" alt="2408_GR_04_GHG_DiagramFlow.png" /></span></P><P>From a group reporting perspective, the value chain including the intercompany to be eliminated at consolidated level can be summarized as follow:</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="2408_GR_04_GHG_DiagramFlow_Taccount.png" style="width: 684px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/155965iF070C0BA020D105F/image-dimensions/684x186?v=v2" width="684" height="186" role="button" title="2408_GR_04_GHG_DiagramFlow_Taccount.png" alt="2408_GR_04_GHG_DiagramFlow_Taccount.png" /></span></P><P>Below is an example of how intercompany consolidation rules automatically eliminate amounts in currency and in quantity for the greenhouse gas value chain. Both intercompany amounts in group currency and the quantity of greenhouse gas are eliminated at group level.</P><P>From an amount perspective, intercompany sales (1) and costs of sales (2) are eliminated in (3); unrealized profits of the same inter-company transaction are eliminated in (4).</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="2408_GR_04_GHG_Elim_Amounts.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/155996i2E56CB46B8CDE46F/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="2408_GR_04_GHG_Elim_Amounts.png" alt="2408_GR_04_GHG_Elim_Amounts.png" /></span></P><P>From a greenhouse gas quantity perspective, CO2 emissions (1 and 2) of the intercompany sales are eliminated along with the GHG information in (3).</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="2408_GR_04_GHG_Elim_Quantity.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/156002i82F72220431EC457/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="2408_GR_04_GHG_Elim_Quantity.png" alt="2408_GR_04_GHG_Elim_Quantity.png" /></span></P><P>More information on our Help Portal here: <A href="https://help.sap.com/docs/SAP_S4HANA_CLOUD/90c07e91c7a64f328be3fd6b48955b13/32105c5e74aa4a5691026460f43b0205.html" target="_self" rel="noopener noreferrer">Fields for Greenhouse Gas Emissions</A>.</P><H1 id="toc-hId-501102501"><FONT color="#FFFFFF"><STRONG>--</STRONG></FONT><BR /><STRONG>Industry scenario fields for public sector and financial services</STRONG></H1><P class="">With release 2408, we deliver on b<SPAN>etter integration with industry solutions by enhancing the data model of SAP S/4HANA for group reporting with standard fields from accounting for the banking and public sector industries. This integration provides you with the following benefits:</SPAN></P><UL><LI>Integrate accounting and group reporting better by supporting more standard fields and avoiding the need to create customer fields instead</LI><LI>Help you, as an industry solution customer, simplify the process of consolidation by providing tools and ability to automate interorganizational currency conversions, adjustments, and eliminations entries</LI><LI>Provide real-time data access, allowing industry solution customer's organizations to consolidate actual data more efficiently</LI><LI>Provide ability to generate consolidated financial statements such as balance sheet, P&L, and cash-flow reports by industry solution–specific fields such as fund, grant, and cash origin account assignments in the case of the public sector industry solution</LI></UL><P>You can enable a new business function to activate banking/financial services and public standard fields to group reporting. The new fields are then activated in group reporting's master data.</P><P>For <STRONG>public sector</STRONG> five additional industry specific fields are supported in group reporting:</P><UL><LI>Financial Management Area</LI><LI>Fund</LI><LI>Grant</LI><LI>Cash Origin Chart of Accounts</LI><LI>Cash Origin Account</LI></UL><P><SPAN>More information: <A href="https://help.sap.com/docs/SAP_S4HANA_CLOUD/ee9ee0ca4c3942068ea584d2f929b5b1/7be8c448a46c44a8b2e98eab7c75a698.html?version=2408.00" target="_self" rel="noopener noreferrer">Maintaining additional Public Sector fields in group reporting</A>.</SPAN></P><P>For<STRONG> financial services</STRONG> three additional industry specific fields are supported in group reporting:</P><UL><LI>Financial Services Product Group</LI><LI>Financial Services Branch</LI><LI>Financial Data Source</LI></UL><P data-unlink="true"><SPAN class="">More information: <A href="https://help.sap.com/docs/SAP_S4HANA_CLOUD/ee9ee0ca4c3942068ea584d2f929b5b1/46775f1c8afc45ed80dd2bf472b8af46.html?version=2408.00" target="_self" rel="noopener noreferrer">Maintaining additional Banking Sector fields in group reporting</A></SPAN>.</P><H1 id="toc-hId-304588996"><FONT color="#FFFFFF"><STRONG>--</STRONG></FONT><BR /><STRONG>New Fiori app to define consolidation groups</STRONG></H1><P>Part of our strategy of UX modernization, in 2408 you can now use the new “Define Consolidation Groups” Fiori app, which replaces the old Web GUI-based applications “Consolidation Groups – Create and Change” and “Consolidation Groups – Display” (see screenshot above). </P><P>Already existing consolidation groups created with the old apps can directly be maintained using the new “Define Consolidation Groups” Fiori app, as the persistence of the cons groups is still the same. You can still use the old apps, but they're marked as “Deprecated”, and will be removed in a later release according to our deprecation process.</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="2408_GR_05_New_define_conso_app.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/157529i95ABCF44D8AB1E22/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="2408_GR_05_New_define_conso_app.png" alt="2408_GR_05_New_define_conso_app.png" /></span></P><P>More information:</P><UL><LI><A class="" title="" href="https://help.sap.com/docs/SAP_S4HANA_CLOUD/ee9ee0ca4c3942068ea584d2f929b5b1/9817aa0f233046859d3c09889234d937.html?version=2408.00" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><SPAN class="">New SAP Fiori App Define Consolidation Groups</SPAN></A><SPAN class=""> </SPAN></LI><LI><A class="" title="" href="https://support.sap.com/content/dam/productfeatures/assets/00049/935C1AA1B4311EDF9696BAAB611B4738/presentations/2408_EKT__Excerpt_for_Define_Consolidation_Groups_Fiori_App.pdf" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><SPAN class="">2408_EKT__Excerpt_for_Define_Consolidation_Groups_Fiori_App</SPAN></A><SPAN class=""> </SPAN></LI><LI><A class="" title="" href="https://help.sap.com/docs/SAP_S4HANA_CLOUD/90c07e91c7a64f328be3fd6b48955b13/0b7574913e6a48a18b915c9bac7e16ef.html?version=2408.500" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><SPAN class="">Define Consolidation Groups (Help portal)</SPAN></A></LI></UL><H1 id="toc-hId-108075491"><FONT color="#FFFFFF"><STRONG>--</STRONG></FONT><BR /><STRONG>Improved data mapping including dashboard view of jobs by status and user notifications</STRONG></H1><P>In release 2408, we enhance data mapping capabilities of the SAP Group Reporting Data Collection app:</P><UL><LI>Last run information in the list of jobs</LI><LI>User notification</LI><LI>New "add" option when importing data</LI><LI>New "OData Custom Connection" source</LI></UL><P><FONT size="4"><STRONG><EM>Last run information in the list of jobs</EM></STRONG></FONT></P><P>We improved the list of jobs in the Run Data Mapping app. Today, you have more visibility on the status of your jobs, and you can use the <A href="https://help.sap.com/docs/SAP_Group_Reporting_Data_Collection/637f05a918e4402e965dfc719046fbc8/be8626d2a1e64a6c809e47e088a11fc9.html" target="_self" rel="noopener noreferrer">Data Mapping Jobs page</A> of jobs as a dashboard (see screenshot below). The<SPAN> </SPAN><SPAN class="">Data Mapping Jobs</SPAN><SPAN> </SPAN>page contains the list of data mapping jobs, including information about job runs, such as run status, mapping status, and import status of the last run, or last successful import on, meaning the date of the last successful run which wasn't a test run. Additional columns related to the last run are the following:</P><UL><LI>Date and time of the last job run</LI><LI>Date and time of the last update run that was successful</LI><LI>Run (overall) status</LI><LI>Mapping status</LI><LI>Import status</LI></UL><P>Default sorting by date and time, with the most recently run job at the top of the list.</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="2408_GR_06_GRDC_data_mapping_01.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/157731i7A9664EBEE2AB950/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="2408_GR_06_GRDC_data_mapping_01.png" alt="2408_GR_06_GRDC_data_mapping_01.png" /></span></P><P><FONT size="4"><STRONG><EM>User notification</EM></STRONG></FONT></P><P>With the <A href="https://help.sap.com/docs/SAP_Group_Reporting_Data_Collection/637f05a918e4402e965dfc719046fbc8/511103ad522e498480eaff6d162794da.html" target="_self" rel="noopener noreferrer">new user notification feature</A>, your users are notified when an import job is finished. When you run an import using the Run Data Mapping app, just select the new "Notify Users" tab, choose the users to be notified, and what type of information they should receive (success, error, warning). In the example below:</P><UL><LI>tester_grdc_34 is notified of errors to be solved</LI><LI>tester_grdc_35 is made aware of warnings and errors to be solved</LI><LI>tester_grdc_37 is notified when data has been imported successfully</LI></UL><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="2408_GR_06_GRDC_data_mapping_UserNotif1.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/157669i0F9431703273CC2C/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="2408_GR_06_GRDC_data_mapping_UserNotif1.png" alt="2408_GR_06_GRDC_data_mapping_UserNotif1.png" /></span></P><P>You can receive user notifications by mail and/or in the data mapping app itself. In addition, you can define users to be notified for multiple jobs from the list of jobs:</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="2408_GR_06_GRDC_data_mapping_UserNotif2.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/157689i1ED03FE9CF840011/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="2408_GR_06_GRDC_data_mapping_UserNotif2.png" alt="2408_GR_06_GRDC_data_mapping_UserNotif2.png" /></span></P><P><FONT size="4"><STRONG><EM>New "add" option when importing data</EM></STRONG></FONT></P><P>In addition to the Delete All FS Items and Sub-assignments and Overwrite update modes, you can now choose the <A href="https://help.sap.com/docs/SAP_Group_Reporting_Data_Collection/64dc0138def94c6696ee1ed4701d53f7/435610040ff842c28054d97780589561.html" target="_self" rel="noopener noreferrer">Add update mode</A> when importing data. In Add mode, the uploaded records are added to the existing records. In Add mode, you can upload data for multiple consolidation units and fiscal periods (of the same year), but only for one version at a time.</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="2408_GR_06_GRDC_data_mapping_Add_Mode.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/157757i27A7664F1C292BED/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="2408_GR_06_GRDC_data_mapping_Add_Mode.png" alt="2408_GR_06_GRDC_data_mapping_Add_Mode.png" /></span></P><P><FONT size="4"><STRONG><EM>Use of OData (Open Data Protocol) as a source in your data mapping definition</EM></STRONG></FONT></P><P>With release 2408, we increase Data Mapping flexibility by using <A href="https://help.sap.com/docs/SAP_Group_Reporting_Data_Collection/64dc0138def94c6696ee1ed4701d53f7/74828922ce7c4856839e2898845cf449.html" target="_self" rel="noopener noreferrer">OData source</A> instances to access and extract source data from a wide range of OData services. We improve user effectiveness by enabling users to read data, for example, from the ACDOCP table for planning data, and import it into the ACDOCU group reporting table. With Data Mapping you can now:</P><UL><LI>Create OData source instances in the SAP BTP Cockpit identifying OData services</LI><LI>Use OData service fields as input columns in mapping rules</LI><LI>Create OData custom connection data mapping definitions</LI><LI>Read source data from OData services, map it and import it into the ACDOCU group reporting table</LI></UL><P>OData is a standard web protocol used for querying and updating data. A new OData based source type OData Custom Connection can be selected in mapping definitions. You can connect to and read data from any source systems through an OData based API and process this data using the Data Mapping apps.</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="2408_GR_06_GRDC_data_mapping_OData.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/157734i38B83F1DD1BFE217/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="2408_GR_06_GRDC_data_mapping_OData.png" alt="2408_GR_06_GRDC_data_mapping_OData.png" /></span></P><H1 id="toc-hId--88438014"><FONT color="#FFFFFF"><STRONG>--</STRONG></FONT><BR /><STRONG>UX improvement of the Release Universal Journal</STRONG></H1><P>With the <A href="https://help.sap.com/docs/SAP_S4HANA_CLOUD/90c07e91c7a64f328be3fd6b48955b13/9cba307a1d56482abb96f51e545e0863.html" target="_self" rel="noopener noreferrer">Release Universal Journal</A> app, you release the reported / non consolidated financial data from the universal journal in accounting for consolidation purposes. By executing this task, data is transferred from accounting to group reporting. </P><P>Part of our UX improvement strategy, we deliver further simplification, usability enhancement, and harmonization of the release universal journal task. The UX improvement was available in <A href="https://community.sap.com/t5/financial-management-blogs-by-sap/sap-s-4hana-cloud-for-group-reporting-release-2402-is-generally-available/ba-p/13584644" target="_self">release 2402</A> if you activated the improved feature. Today, with 2408, the feature is now activated for all customers.</P><P>With the improved UX, instead of having to go through multiple screens to release data, you can now perform "one click actions" for release options such as:</P><UL><LI>Test</LI><LI>Update</LI><LI>Test with original list</LI><LI>Start with selection</LI></UL><P>With the revised UX, each release universal journal task execution leads to a single task log only, even when executed for multiple consolidation units in one go. The tree display on the left hand side can be used to filter the task log entries by particular consolidation units (see screenshot below).</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="2408_GR_07_RUJ.png" style="width: 939px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/158194i5D9FC8B1B0D38963/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="2408_GR_07_RUJ.png" alt="2408_GR_07_RUJ.png" /></span></P><H1 id="toc-hId--284951519"><FONT color="#FFFFFF"><STRONG>--</STRONG></FONT><BR /><STRONG>Multiple line-validation tasks on group reporting and unreleased accounting data</STRONG></H1><P><SPAN>With release 2408.2, we help you improve efficiency in controlling data quality in different scenarios such as:</SPAN></P><UL><LI>Smooth and fast group closing process by running quality checks on unreleased accounting data early, right after the accounting posting becomes available, and applying the group reporting quality definitions</LI><LI>Loading of remote system data into group reporting, running validations as separate tasks, and deciding to correct errors either at the source or in group reporting</LI><LI>Staggered data collection process, with submission and validation of different data sets at different dates (such as profit and loss first, balance sheet later)</LI></UL><P>You can <A href="https://help.sap.com/docs/SAP_S4HANA_CLOUD/90c07e91c7a64f328be3fd6b48955b13/b3ab8186216b4e729f6901069dc6c96b.html" target="_self" rel="noopener noreferrer">validate line items</A> in multiple tasks:</P><UL><LI>Sources: Group reporting data selected from posting level blank and 0C; Unreleased accounting data</LI><LI>Validation scopes: Existing breakdown checks; Existing line-item validation rules from the business context "group reporting journal entry"</LI><LI>Other abilities: Define multiple tasks; Define the data source per task; Assign a data selection object to the task</LI></UL><H1 id="toc-hId--481465024"><FONT color="#FFFFFF"><STRONG>--</STRONG></FONT><BR /><STRONG>Support different amounts with the same key in local and group currency</STRONG></H1><P class="">In group reporting it is now possible to release data from accounting with different amounts in the local currency and group currency fields, even though the local currency key equals the group currency key. This is because, for example, the translation from the transaction currency to the local currency and to the group currency can use different exchange rates.</P><P class="">Before the 2408 release these value differences caused issues during the calculation of the net income in the next year. Hence, you had to correct the group currency value by posting a manual correction. As of release 2408, these differences can be reconciled automatically. <SPAN>For this purpose, the following features have been enhanced:</SPAN></P><UL><LI>Calculation of the Net Income: The net income is calculated in local currency and in group currency. If the reported data shows differences, this will result in differences in the calculated net income</LI><LI>Currency translation: The option<SPAN> </SPAN><SPAN class="">Reconcile LC with GC in standard version</SPAN><SPAN> </SPAN>is available now in the currency translation method. </LI><LI>Reclassification: When a reclassification triggers the calculation of the net income, the net income is calculated in local currency and in group currency. </LI></UL><P>More information: <A href="https://help.sap.com/docs/SAP_S4HANA_CLOUD/ee9ee0ca4c3942068ea584d2f929b5b1/6aa69d9571ca4595a81ba8184abec839.html" target="_self" rel="noopener noreferrer">Supporting Different Amounts with Same Key in Local Currency and Group Currency</A>.</P><H1 id="toc-hId--677978529"><STRONG><FONT color="#FFFFFF">--</FONT><BR />More information<BR /></STRONG></H1><UL><LI><A href="https://www.sap.com/documents/2024/08/3a6191d2-d17e-0010-bca6-c68f7e60039b.html" target="_self" rel="noopener noreferrer">Group reporting 2408 feature deck</A></LI><LI><A href="https://help.sap.com/docs/SAP_S4HANA_CLOUD/90c07e91c7a64f328be3fd6b48955b13/c27c73226dac4e07ac8aa59a45f92fd8.html" target="_self" rel="noreferrer noopener">Group reporting 2408 help portal</A></LI><LI><A href="https://community.sap.com/t5/enterprise-resource-planning-blogs-by-sap/what-s-new-in-sap-s-4hana-for-group-reporting/ba-p/13427578" target="_self">Recap of group reporting new features</A></LI><LI><A href="https://pages.community.sap.com/topics/s4hana-group-reporting" target="_self" rel="noopener noreferrer">Group reporting community</A></LI><LI><A href="https://influence.sap.com/sap/ino/#/campaign/2283" target="_self" rel="noopener noreferrer">Group reporting customer influence platform</A></LI></UL>2024-08-28T11:53:02.121000+02:00https://community.sap.com/t5/enterprise-resource-planning-blogs-by-sap/find-release-information-amp-content-with-the-release-navigator-for-sap-s/ba-p/13811375Find Release Information & Content with the Release Navigator for SAP S/4HANA Cloud Public Edition2024-08-29T16:49:44.261000+02:00silvia_gaberhttps://community.sap.com/t5/user/viewprofilepage/user-id/675541<P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-inline" image-alt="Image Release Navigator MTE.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/159553i6B27598987B4A8E6/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="Image Release Navigator MTE.png" alt="Image Release Navigator MTE.png" /></span><SPAN>If you’re a customer using SAP S/4HANA Cloud Public Edition, you won’t want to miss our upcoming virtual session on the Release Navigator offered by the <A href="https://support.sap.com/en/offerings-programs/enterprise-support/enterprise-support-academy.html" target="_self" rel="noopener noreferrer">SAP Enterprise Support Academy</A>. This powerful tool is designed to simplify the process of finding release information and content, allowing you to stay informed and prepared for upcoming updates.</SPAN></P><P><SPAN>Join us for an interactive </SPAN>virtual live <SPAN>session</SPAN> <SPAN>where we’ll walk you through the features and benefits of the Release Navigator. Discover how this tool provides a comprehensive view of upcoming releases, allowing you to easily plan and prepare for updates. You’ll also learn how to find release scheduling and maintenance windows within the release navigator, enabling you to better plan for and manage the deployment of updates.</SPAN></P><P><SPAN>But that’s not all – we’ll also show you how to simplify the release process by utilizing consolidated content from SAP experts found inside the release navigator. This means you can access all the information you need in one centralized platform, saving you time and effort when it comes to staying on top of the latest updates and enhancements.</SPAN></P><P><SPAN>Whether you’re new to the release navigator or looking to enhance your existing knowledge, this virtual session is for you. Our experienced presenters will provide valuable insights and practical tips that you can immediately apply to your daily operations.</SPAN></P><P><SPAN>Don’t miss out on this opportunity to take your release management to the next level. Register now to secure your spot in the upcoming virtual session and unlock the full potential of the Release Navigator for SAP S/4HANA Cloud Public Edition. We look forward to seeing you there!</SPAN></P><H6 id="toc-hId-1560542967"><FONT color="#808080"><STRONG>Please note:<BR />Before you can access the link to the Meet-the-Expert session, a one-time registration in SAP Learning Hub, edition for SAP Enterprise Support, is required. A detailed step-by step guide to registration can be found </STRONG><SPAN><A href="https://support.sap.com/en/offerings-programs/enterprise-support/enterprise-support-academy/learn.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">here</A></SPAN><STRONG>.</STRONG></FONT></H6><P><SPAN> </SPAN>Register here for October 23 - 10am EST:</P><H3 id="toc-hId-976781305"><SPAN><A href="https://accounts.sap.com/saml2/idp/sso?sp=https://www.successfactors.eu/learninghub&RelayState=%2Fsf%2Flearning%3FdestUrl%3Dhttps%253a%252f%252fsaplearninghub%252eplateau%252ecom%252flearning%252fuser%252fdeeplink%255fredirect%252ejsp%253flinkId%253dCATALOG%255fSEARCH%2526sbArSel%253d%2526keywords%253d%252bSUP_EBW_00007142%2526selKeyWordHeader%253d%252bSUP_EBW_00007142%2526catSel%253d%2526srcSel%253dESAC%2526delMthSel%253d%2526ILDateFrm%253d%2526ILDateTo%253d%2526ILBlend%253d%2526ILSchd%253d%2526fromSF%253dY%26company%3Dlearninghub" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">Find Release Information & Content with the Release Navigator for SAP S/4HANA Cloud Public Edition</A></SPAN></H3>2024-08-29T16:49:44.261000+02:00https://community.sap.com/t5/enterprise-resource-planning-blogs-by-sap/sap-maintenance-assistant-2408-now-available-what-s-new/ba-p/13777421SAP Maintenance Assistant 2408 Now Available – What’s New?2024-08-29T22:35:17.561000+02:00ZackFrazierhttps://community.sap.com/t5/user/viewprofilepage/user-id/176334<P><SPAN>The SAP Mobile Service and Asset Management team is pleased to share details of the latest release of </SPAN><STRONG>SAP Maintenance Assistant</STRONG><SPAN>, version 2408, the mobile maintenance execution solution for SAP S/4HANA Cloud.</SPAN></P><P><SPAN>Our latest update update enhances efficiency for plant maintenance technicians with improved time reporting, streamlined equipment management, and intuitive data input. For backend administrators, it offers better monitoring tools, faster data synchronization, and advanced reporting capabilities.</SPAN></P><H2 id="toc-hId-1021303614">Features delivered in the 2408 release</H2><H3 id="toc-hId-953872828">Install and dismantle equipment</H3><P>Installing and dismantling equipment is a common part of asset maintenance as some equipment requires periodic overhauls, which involve dismantling and replacing significant components. Using the mobile application during configuration and replacement processes helps ensure the equipment hierarchy is recorded properly in the master data</P><P>Installation and dismantling may be initiated in the mobile app from any functional location or equipment detail page. The technician can then verify the parent/child relationship of newly installed or dismantled equipment using the hierarchy view.</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="Blog-Install-iPad+S24@1200w.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/151899i218C4607CD80D6E1/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="Blog-Install-iPad+S24@1200w.png" alt="Blog-Install-iPad+S24@1200w.png" /></span></P><P> </P><H3 id="toc-hId-757359323">Operation page improvements</H3><P>Continuing our work toward modernizing the SAP Maintenance Assistant user experience, operation details pages have been updated to improve efficiency. Sections have been reorganized to prioritize the most relevant information for the technician.</P><P>Common objects are represented by new colorful icons to easily differentiate the type, e.g., maintenance order, technical object, etc.</P><P>Documents are now shown individually in a dedicated section on the detail page accompanied by a document preview. The attachment may be opened and viewed, and new attachments added without navigating to a separate page.</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="Blog-OpDetail+EDT-TabA9+iPhone@1200w.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/149172iB5079A9D7B6F1441/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="Blog-OpDetail+EDT-TabA9+iPhone@1200w.png" alt="Blog-OpDetail+EDT-TabA9+iPhone@1200w.png" /></span></P><H3 id="toc-hId-560845818">Measurement readings with editable data table</H3><P>The new editable data table functionality transforms data input by enabling direct value entry and swift handling of multiple records. Users now can seamlessly input measurement point values directly into the table, significantly expediting workflows, especially when dealing with tasks involving multiple records, such as recording results for inspections.</P><P>This table supports various input controls — text, lists, numbers, switches, and buttons — providing a versatile toolkit for efficient data handling, and the option to designate a sticky column facilitates smooth horizontal and vertical scrolling while ensuring crucial data remains visible regardless of navigation.</P><H3 id="toc-hId-364332313">Fiori applications</H3><P>Two new Fiori applications are now available to provide greater visibility for administrators into activities on the mobile device.</P><P><span class="lia-inline-image-display-wrapper lia-image-align-center" image-alt="Blog-MobileDataObject-MacBookPro@1200w.png" style="width: 999px;"><img src="https://community.sap.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/149174iAD9C60F97B197420/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999" role="button" title="Blog-MobileDataObject-MacBookPro@1200w.png" alt="Blog-MobileDataObject-MacBookPro@1200w.png" /></span></P><P><STRONG>Monitor Communication Session History</STRONG> enables investigations into the length of initial and delta synchronizations. An administrator can monitor the communication sessions between the mobile client and the backend system and filter for user communication sessions.</P><P><STRONG>Monitor Data Object Mobile Status History</STRONG> can be used app to monitor business objects that were changed in the mobile app.</P><H3 id="toc-hId-167818808">Optimized delta synchronization</H3><P>The latest release introduces updates designed to streamline the synchronization process. This enhancement refines the delta synchronization workflow by identifying and targeting only entities that have undergone changes since the last synchronization.</P><P>By default, when users trigger delta synchronization, the application initiates an upload of locally created transactions. Subsequently, an interactive call efficiently identifies entities requiring updates or modifications since the previous synchronization. Delta synchronization then exclusively targets these altered entities, eliminating redundant sync actions and significantly optimizing the duration required for the synchronization process.</P><P>This optimization ensures that only pertinent data is synchronized, enhancing efficiency, and minimizing the time and resources required for delta synchronization.</P><H3 id="toc-hId--28694697">Support for CDS Views</H3><P>CDS (Core Data Services) views are standardized and reusable data models that can be leveraged across various SAP applications. With support in this release, customers may generate a report of mobile transaction history for a set of business object types, mobile users, or mobile applications.</P><P>Data points from the mobile application can be used to build intelligent operational dashboards. For example, understanding the meantime to repair and meantime to complete the work can provide valuable insights into technician productivity.</P><P>For customers using SAP Analytics Cloud, the SAP Maintenance Assistant CDS view is available as a data source.</P><P><A href="https://community.sap.com/t5/enterprise-resource-planning-blogs-by-sap/sap-service-and-asset-manager-integration-with-sap-analytics-cloud-sac/ba-p/13766799" target="_blank">Learn more about Integration with SAP Analytics Cloud using MAIF data sources</A></P><H2 id="toc-hId--354290921">Release available now</H2><P>SAP Maintenance Assistant is available now. The application is publicly available and includes an offline demo mode for viewing and testing the functionality. The application may be downloaded from the <A href="https://apps.apple.com/us/app/sap-maintenance-assistant/id1567668196" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow noreferrer">Apple App Store</A> and <A href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.sap.mobile.apps.maintenanceassistant.release" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow noreferrer">Google Play Store</A>.</P><H2 id="toc-hId--550804426">Submit innovation requests</H2><P>We encourage you to visit the <A href="https://influence.sap.com/sap/ino/#/campaign/2665" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">SAP Mobile Service and Asset Management Customer Influence portal</A> to submit improvement requests. Use the "SAP Maintenance Assistant for S/4HANA Public Cloud" category to properly direct your request.</P><H2 id="toc-hId--747317931">Explore other SAP mobile applications</H2><P>SAP has a powerful suite of <A href="https://www.sap.com/products/mobile.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">SAP native mobile applications</A>. Visit the <A href="https://community.sap.com/topics/mobile-experience" target="_self">SAP Mobile Experience community</A> for the latest updates.</P>2024-08-29T22:35:17.561000+02:00